TOOLS
Rule Radar
Futures Prop Firm Rule Changes. Tracked Daily.
Your morning update on futures prop firm rule changes, refreshed overnight.
We track the published rules and policies of 32 futures prop firms and keep every version, so when a firm edits a rule we have the before and after in writing. Most of what changes is really nothing: a fixed typo, a clarified sentence, a word added here and there. But real changes stand out fast, and you can literally watch rules and policies tighten line by line. Payout terms creep, consistency thresholds drop, and prices quietly climb. It works the other way too: sometimes payouts improve and rules loosen, and when that happens it’s usually one of our Premier firms.
Most of the tightening shows up on the Unlisted side, firms we track but haven’t listed on PickAPropFirm.com. When a firm with a rough reputation starts gaining traction on rock-bottom prices, promoted by affiliates who would scam their own grandma for a commission, the discount usually costs you somewhere else, and that somewhere shows up here. If a plan looks too good to be true, it almost always is.
Starred changes are the ones we think deserve your attention; the full feed below is everything we caught, right down to the typo fixes.
Treat this page like your morning paper. It updates overnight, so grab your coffee and see what changed. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
See where these firms land in the Power Rankings ›
Starred changes
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help Center6 values changed, including $250 to $500.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day
25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target)
50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target)
150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target)
200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target)
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
− 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
− 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
Account size | Propel evaluation reset
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day
25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target)
50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target)
150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target)
200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target)
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+ 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
+ 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
Account size | Propel evaluation reset
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day
25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target)
50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target)
150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target)
200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target)
300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target)
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
− 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
− 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500
− 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500
− 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000
+ 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
+ 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500
+ 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500
+ 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
Account size | Propel evaluation reset
PremierBulenox · Minimum Balance and Request | Momentum AccountAdded new Safety Threshold Reserve section with account-size-dependent minimum balance requirements after payouts.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request
$25,000 | $26,500 | $500 | $50,000 | $53,000 | $1,000 | $100,000 | $104,500 | $1,000 | $150,000 | $156,500 | $1,000
After
Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request
$25,000 | $26,500 | $500 | $50,000 | $53,000 | $1,000 | $100,000 | $104,500 | $1,000 | $150,000 | $156,500 | $1,000
+ Safety Threshold Reserve
+ A Safety Net Reserve (STR) is the minimum balance that must remain in your Momentum Master Account after the requested payout amount has been deducted. The required reserve depends on your account size:
+ Account size | STR
+ $25,000 | $1,000 | $50,000 | $2,000 | $100,000 | $3,000 | $150,000 | $4,500
Account | Minimum Balance for Payout | Minimum Request
$25,000 | $26,500 | $500 | $50,000 | $53,000 | $1,000 | $100,000 | $104,500 | $1,000 | $150,000 | $156,500 | $1,000
+ Safety Threshold Reserve
+ A Safety Net Reserve (STR) is the minimum balance that must remain in your Momentum Master Account after the requested payout amount has been deducted. The required reserve depends on your account size:
+ Account size | STR
+ $25,000 | $1,000 | $50,000 | $2,000 | $100,000 | $3,000 | $150,000 | $4,500
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Fast Track AccountValues changed: $2,250 to $2,000, $2,250 to $2,000.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
+ $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Momentum Account6 values changed, including $2,250 to $2,000.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros)
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit
− $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
+ $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) | $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) | $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) | $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros)
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Evaluation Account | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency requirement changed from 50% to 40% baseline with 50% option available, and consistency pass timeline details updated.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
− $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros
− $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros
− $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros
− $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
After
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
+ $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros
+ $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros
+ $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros
+ $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
− $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros
− $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros
− $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros
− $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros
+ $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros
+ $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros
+ $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros
+ $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
PremierTradeify · Which Plan is Right for You? | Tradeify Help CenterGrowth plan removed preference for expensive upfront payment and higher one-time cost, added fast funding within 1 day benefit.Sep 4
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
Which to Choose?
Choose SELECT if you:
- Want a unified evaluation without choosing payout strategy upfront
- Prefer no activation fees
- Value End of Day drawdown for more intraday flexibility
- Want to decide on your payout approach after proving your skills
- Appreciate the 40% consistency requirement for building stable habits
- Want fast funding (funded in 3 days)
Choose Growth if you:
- Want flexibility during trading hours
Section: Choose Growth if you:
− - Prefer a more expensive upfront payment to skip the activation fees
− - Are comfortable with a higher one-time cost for no DLL
- Prefer end-of-day settlements
Choose Lightning Funded if you:
- Want immediate funding without evaluation
- Want to skip the evaluation entirely
- Have confidence in your long-term trading success
- Want to skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Are experienced and proven profitable
Reset Policies
Evaluation Resets (SELECT & Growth):
- SELECT: One-time purchase; can buy a reset if your account fails
- Growth: One-time purchase; can buy a reset if your account fails
- Continuous opportunity to retry
After
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
Which to Choose?
Choose SELECT if you:
- Want a unified evaluation without choosing payout strategy upfront
- Prefer no activation fees
- Value End of Day drawdown for more intraday flexibility
- Want to decide on your payout approach after proving your skills
- Appreciate the 40% consistency requirement for building stable habits
- Want fast funding (funded in 3 days)
Choose Growth if you:
- Want flexibility during trading hours
Section: Choose Growth if you:
+ - Want even more fast funding (funded in 1 day)
- Prefer end-of-day settlements
Choose Lightning Funded if you:
- Want immediate funding without evaluation
- Want to skip the evaluation entirely
- Have confidence in your long-term trading success
- Want to skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Are experienced and proven profitable
Reset Policies
Evaluation Resets (SELECT & Growth):
- SELECT: One-time purchase; can buy a reset if your account fails
- Growth: One-time purchase; can buy a reset if your account fails
- Continuous opportunity to retry
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
Which to Choose?
Choose SELECT if you:
- Want a unified evaluation without choosing payout strategy upfront
- Prefer no activation fees
- Value End of Day drawdown for more intraday flexibility
- Want to decide on your payout approach after proving your skills
- Appreciate the 40% consistency requirement for building stable habits
- Want fast funding (funded in 3 days)
Choose Growth if you:
- Want flexibility during trading hours
Section: Choose Growth if you:
− - Prefer a more expensive upfront payment to skip the activation fees
− - Are comfortable with a higher one-time cost for no DLL
+ - Want even more fast funding (funded in 1 day)
- Prefer end-of-day settlements
Choose Lightning Funded if you:
- Want immediate funding without evaluation
- Want to skip the evaluation entirely
- Have confidence in your long-term trading success
- Want to skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Are experienced and proven profitable
Reset Policies
Evaluation Resets (SELECT & Growth):
- SELECT: One-time purchase; can buy a reset if your account fails
- Growth: One-time purchase; can buy a reset if your account fails
- Continuous opportunity to retry
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterMax Contracts for 25K accounts increased from 1 mini/10 micro to 2 mini/20 micro across multiple policy tables.Sep 3
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Section: Account Parameters
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
- 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps (This only applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026):
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Starting Max Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micros | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros
Section: Scaling Parameters Overview
− Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | — | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
Scaling Trigger 2 ($2,000 Equity) | — | 4 minis / 40 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros
Scaling Trigger 3 ($3,000 Equity) | — | — | 8 minis / 80 micros | 8 minis / 80 micros
Scaling Trigger 4 ($4,500 Equity) | — | — | — | 12 minis / 120 micros
How Scaling Works
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity (account balance at market close)
- When your EOD equity reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase the next trading day
- Scaling triggers are cumulative - once you reach a higher tier, you retain those limits even if your balance fluctuates
- All account sizes start with reduced limits and scale up as you demonstrate profitable trading
Scaling Examples
50K Account:
- Start trading with 2 minis / 20 micros
- Reach $51,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 3 minis / 30 micros
150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | $250 | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
Section: Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
− 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
Path to Live
A trader becomes eligible to be considered for a Tradeify Elite Live account once they meet one of the following minimum thresholds:
- 3 payouts on a single account, or
- 10 total payouts since the last live transition across all plan types
After
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Section: Account Parameters
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
- 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps (This only applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026):
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Starting Max Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micros | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros
Section: Scaling Parameters Overview
+ Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
Scaling Trigger 2 ($2,000 Equity) | — | 4 minis / 40 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros
Scaling Trigger 3 ($3,000 Equity) | — | — | 8 minis / 80 micros | 8 minis / 80 micros
Scaling Trigger 4 ($4,500 Equity) | — | — | — | 12 minis / 120 micros
How Scaling Works
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity (account balance at market close)
- When your EOD equity reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase the next trading day
- Scaling triggers are cumulative - once you reach a higher tier, you retain those limits even if your balance fluctuates
- All account sizes start with reduced limits and scale up as you demonstrate profitable trading
Scaling Examples
50K Account:
- Start trading with 2 minis / 20 micros
- Reach $51,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 3 minis / 30 micros
150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | $250 | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
Section: Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
+ 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
Path to Live
A trader becomes eligible to be considered for a Tradeify Elite Live account once they meet one of the following minimum thresholds:
- 3 payouts on a single account, or
- 10 total payouts since the last live transition across all plan types
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Section: Account Parameters
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
- 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps (This only applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026):
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Starting Max Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micros | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros
Section: Scaling Parameters Overview
− Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | — | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
+ Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
Scaling Trigger 2 ($2,000 Equity) | — | 4 minis / 40 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros
Scaling Trigger 3 ($3,000 Equity) | — | — | 8 minis / 80 micros | 8 minis / 80 micros
Scaling Trigger 4 ($4,500 Equity) | — | — | — | 12 minis / 120 micros
How Scaling Works
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity (account balance at market close)
- When your EOD equity reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase the next trading day
- Scaling triggers are cumulative - once you reach a higher tier, you retain those limits even if your balance fluctuates
- All account sizes start with reduced limits and scale up as you demonstrate profitable trading
Scaling Examples
50K Account:
- Start trading with 2 minis / 20 micros
- Reach $51,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 3 minis / 30 micros
150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | $250 | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
Section: Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
− 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
+ 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
Path to Live
A trader becomes eligible to be considered for a Tradeify Elite Live account once they meet one of the following minimum thresholds:
- 3 payouts on a single account, or
- 10 total payouts since the last live transition across all plan types
PremierTradeify · KYC and AML Policy | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved references to "Tradeify 247" product name in three locations; replaced with "Tradeify.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− Tradeify 247 runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− Tradeify 247 requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify 247 uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
After
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
+ Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
+ Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
− Tradeify 247 runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− Tradeify 247 requires two separate verifications:
+ Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify 247 uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
+ Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterMinimum Payout changed from N/A to $250 for one policy category.Sep 2
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250
100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750
150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Section: Withdrawal Eligibility
− Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
After
Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250
100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750
150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Section: Withdrawal Eligibility
+ Minimum Payout | $250 | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250
100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750
150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Section: Withdrawal Eligibility
− Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
+ Minimum Payout | $250 | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite Program | Tradeify Help CenterAdded explanation of purchasing option changes in Elite-Only Mode, including catalog restrictions, first-purchase discount terms, and bundle exclusion.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders who qualify for live trading can choose between the Legacy Live program or the new Elite Live program. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
You can ONLY withdraw profits you earn ABOVE your trading capital:
Example: Your 150K Elite account starts with $0 trading capital. You grow it to $15,000. You can withdraw the $15,000 profit (at 80/20 split = $12,000 for you).
Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
Tradeify reserves the right to designate certain traders as Elite-Only Mode based on performance, consistency, or internal risk assessment. Elite-Only mode traders can only trade via the Select plan.
When a trader is placed into Elite-Only Mode:
Direct Live Account on Select Pass: If the trader passes a Select evaluation while in Elite-Only Mode, they will skip the standard funded/sim phase and be issued a Live account directly.
Why We Use Elite-Only Mode: This designation is used for traders who show exceptional consistency or strong historical performance, have a payout track record that signals reduced risk, demonstrate behaviour aligned with professional trading standards, or require tighter oversight or a more controlled account structure.
Elite-Only Mode ensures that our highest-quality traders can progress faster — while also giving Tradeify a structured way to manage risk and reward.
If a trader is moved into Elite-Only Mode, they will be notified directly with full details of their setup.
Section: Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
Sim and Live Account Restrictions
You cannot have Sim Funded and Live Funded accounts active at the same time.
Sim and Live accounts require different data subscriptions that cannot run simultaneously. This restriction applies to your entire household.
If you have an ACTIVE Live account (Legacy or Elite):
- You cannot purchase or activate new evaluations
- You cannot open new Sim Funded accounts
- No one in your household can have Sim accounts while you have Live
After your Live account has FAILED or CLOSED:
- You can purchase new evaluations or funded accounts after the cool-off period
- New accounts follow current Elite program rules
- Tradeify monitors performance on your new accounts and may initiate a live transition at its discretion
- Payouts from your previous Simulated Accounts do NOT count toward the new Elite qualification
After
Traders who qualify for live trading can choose between the Legacy Live program or the new Elite Live program. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
You can ONLY withdraw profits you earn ABOVE your trading capital:
Example: Your 150K Elite account starts with $0 trading capital. You grow it to $15,000. You can withdraw the $15,000 profit (at 80/20 split = $12,000 for you).
Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
Tradeify reserves the right to designate certain traders as Elite-Only Mode based on performance, consistency, or internal risk assessment. Elite-Only mode traders can only trade via the Select plan.
When a trader is placed into Elite-Only Mode:
Direct Live Account on Select Pass: If the trader passes a Select evaluation while in Elite-Only Mode, they will skip the standard funded/sim phase and be issued a Live account directly.
Why We Use Elite-Only Mode: This designation is used for traders who show exceptional consistency or strong historical performance, have a payout track record that signals reduced risk, demonstrate behaviour aligned with professional trading standards, or require tighter oversight or a more controlled account structure.
Elite-Only Mode ensures that our highest-quality traders can progress faster — while also giving Tradeify a structured way to manage risk and reward.
If a trader is moved into Elite-Only Mode, they will be notified directly with full details of their setup.
Section: Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
+ Important Note: Once your account moves into Elite Only mode, your purchasing options change in a few specific ways. You'll only be able to buy from a select group of accounts rather than the full catalog. A discount is available on your first individual purchase in this mode, but it applies to single accounts only — bundles are excluded. After that first discounted purchase, all subsequent purchases are at full price.
Sim and Live Account Restrictions
You cannot have Sim Funded and Live Funded accounts active at the same time.
Sim and Live accounts require different data subscriptions that cannot run simultaneously. This restriction applies to your entire household.
If you have an ACTIVE Live account (Legacy or Elite):
- You cannot purchase or activate new evaluations
- You cannot open new Sim Funded accounts
- No one in your household can have Sim accounts while you have Live
After your Live account has FAILED or CLOSED:
- You can purchase new evaluations or funded accounts after the cool-off period
- New accounts follow current Elite program rules
- Tradeify monitors performance on your new accounts and may initiate a live transition at its discretion
- Payouts from your previous Simulated Accounts do NOT count toward the new Elite qualification
Traders who qualify for live trading can choose between the Legacy Live program or the new Elite Live program. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
You can ONLY withdraw profits you earn ABOVE your trading capital:
Example: Your 150K Elite account starts with $0 trading capital. You grow it to $15,000. You can withdraw the $15,000 profit (at 80/20 split = $12,000 for you).
Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
Tradeify reserves the right to designate certain traders as Elite-Only Mode based on performance, consistency, or internal risk assessment. Elite-Only mode traders can only trade via the Select plan.
When a trader is placed into Elite-Only Mode:
Direct Live Account on Select Pass: If the trader passes a Select evaluation while in Elite-Only Mode, they will skip the standard funded/sim phase and be issued a Live account directly.
Why We Use Elite-Only Mode: This designation is used for traders who show exceptional consistency or strong historical performance, have a payout track record that signals reduced risk, demonstrate behaviour aligned with professional trading standards, or require tighter oversight or a more controlled account structure.
Elite-Only Mode ensures that our highest-quality traders can progress faster — while also giving Tradeify a structured way to manage risk and reward.
If a trader is moved into Elite-Only Mode, they will be notified directly with full details of their setup.
Section: Elite-Only Mode Eligibility
+ Important Note: Once your account moves into Elite Only mode, your purchasing options change in a few specific ways. You'll only be able to buy from a select group of accounts rather than the full catalog. A discount is available on your first individual purchase in this mode, but it applies to single accounts only — bundles are excluded. After that first discounted purchase, all subsequent purchases are at full price.
Sim and Live Account Restrictions
You cannot have Sim Funded and Live Funded accounts active at the same time.
Sim and Live accounts require different data subscriptions that cannot run simultaneously. This restriction applies to your entire household.
If you have an ACTIVE Live account (Legacy or Elite):
- You cannot purchase or activate new evaluations
- You cannot open new Sim Funded accounts
- No one in your household can have Sim accounts while you have Live
After your Live account has FAILED or CLOSED:
- You can purchase new evaluations or funded accounts after the cool-off period
- New accounts follow current Elite program rules
- Tradeify monitors performance on your new accounts and may initiate a live transition at its discretion
- Payouts from your previous Simulated Accounts do NOT count toward the new Elite qualification
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved parenthetical clarification about applicability date for payout request cap rules.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
Section: Payout Caps
− - They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at: (This applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026)
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
After
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
Section: Payout Caps
+ - They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
Section: Payout Caps
− - They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at: (This applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026)
+ - They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterSelect Evaluation now offers optional 50% Consistency Add-on; pricing tables restructured and reset fees increased for base 40% option.Sep 1
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). 35% consistency rule.
Section: Account Types Overview
− - Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
− Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
− Select 25K | $109 | $60
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $449 | Not available
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
After
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). 35% consistency rule.
Section: Account Types Overview
+ - Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
+ Select 25K | $109 | $75
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $449 | Not available
+ Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
+ The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
+ Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
+ Select 25K | $135 | $90
+ Select 50K | $205 | $135
+ Select 100K | $329 | $209
+ Select 150K | $459 | $299
+ Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). 35% consistency rule.
Section: Account Types Overview
− - Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
+ - Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
− Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
− Select 25K | $109 | $60
+ Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
+ Select 25K | $109 | $75
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $449 | Not available
+ Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
+ The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
+ Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
+ Select 25K | $135 | $90
+ Select 50K | $205 | $135
+ Select 100K | $329 | $209
+ Select 150K | $459 | $299
+ Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterPayout caps and daily continuity rules now differ based on account purchase date, with new lower caps for accounts purchased after September 1st, 2026, plus 4 other changes.Aug 31
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
- 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Section: Payout Structure
− Payout Caps:
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $5,000 per payout
Select 300K (Flex): winning day threshold $750, payout cap up to 50% of your total profits capped at $10,000 per payout. Full parameters: 300K Select Account.
Section: Accounts Purchased after September 1st, 2026 will have the following payout caps:
No Minimum Balance Requirement
Unlike other Tradeify programs, Select Flex has no minimum account balance requirement for payouts. You can request a payout immediately after achieving 5 winning days, regardless of your account balance.
First Payout Example (50K Account):
- You achieve 5 winning days with a balance of $52,500
- Since your EOD balance exceeded $52,100, your drawdown has already locked at $50,100
- You're eligible to withdraw 50% of your profits ($1,250)
- You request and receive a $1,250 payout
- Your balance after payout: $51,250
Note: Your drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for a 50K account). This happens either automatically at EOD when your balance reaches $52,100 (for 50K), or immediately when you request a payout—whichever comes first.
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you meet the 5 winning days requirement and have positive net profit for the payout cycle, you are eligible for payout.
Second Payout Example (50K Account):
- Starting balance: $50,000
- After first cycle: Balance reached $52,500 (profit: $2,500)
- First payout: 50% of $2,500 = $1,250 withdrawn
- Balance after first payout: $51,250
- After second cycle: Balance reached $54,000
- Total profits now: $54,000 - $50,000 = $4,000
Section: Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
− - Second payout eligibility: 50% of $4,000 = $2,000 (within $3,000 cap)
Key point: The 50% is calculated from your TOTAL profit position (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profit made during the current cycle.
How Select Flex Works
- Trade until you achieve 5 winning days (days where you profit at least the minimum threshold)
- Request a payout of up to 50% of your profits, not exceeding the payout cap
- After receiving your payout, continue trading to build another 5 winning days
- Repeat the process until you reach live trading eligibility
Best For
The 5-Day Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Prefer larger withdrawal amounts less frequently
- Want the flexibility of having no Daily Loss Limit (the trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time)
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Section: Payout Caps
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
Section: Example
− - So the trader could request up to $1,000 as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $52,500
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
50K Drawdown | $2,000 | $2,000
100K Drawdown | $3,000 | $2,500
150K Drawdown | $4,500 | $3,500
Daily Loss Limit | None | Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
Consistency Rule | None | None
Payout Parameters
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
50K Cap | $3,000 | $1,000
100K Cap | $4,000 | $1,500
150K Cap | $5,000 | $2,500
Section: Payout Parameters
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to $600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
− - 25K Account: $26,600 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
- 150K Account: $154,600 (Flex) / $153,600 (Daily) → Locks at $150,100
Q: Why do I start with fewer contracts in my funded account than I had during evaluation?
A: Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that starts with lower contract limits and increases as your equity grows. During evaluation, you have access to full contract limits to demonstrate your trading ability. Once funded, you start at the base tier and scale up as you prove consistent profitability. This helps manage risk while rewarding successful trading.
Q: When do my contract limits increase?
A: Your contract limits are calibrated at End of Day (EOD). When your closing balance reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase for the next trading day.
Getting Help
If you have questions about which payout policy is right for you, or need clarification on any of the rules, account status, buffer amounts or payout eligibility feel free to contact our support team.
After
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
- 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Section: Payout Structure
+ Payout Caps (This only applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026):
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $5,000 per payout
Select 300K (Flex): winning day threshold $750, payout cap up to 50% of your total profits capped at $10,000 per payout. Full parameters: 300K Select Account.
Section: Accounts Purchased after September 1st, 2026 will have the following payout caps:
+ Accounts Purchased after September 1st, 2026 will have the following payout caps:
+ - 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
+ - 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $2,500 per payout
+ - 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,500 per payout
+ - 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,500 per payout
No Minimum Balance Requirement
Unlike other Tradeify programs, Select Flex has no minimum account balance requirement for payouts. You can request a payout immediately after achieving 5 winning days, regardless of your account balance.
First Payout Example (50K Account):
- You achieve 5 winning days with a balance of $52,500
- Since your EOD balance exceeded $52,100, your drawdown has already locked at $50,100
- You're eligible to withdraw 50% of your profits ($1,250)
- You request and receive a $1,250 payout
- Your balance after payout: $51,250
Note: Your drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for a 50K account). This happens either automatically at EOD when your balance reaches $52,100 (for 50K), or immediately when you request a payout—whichever comes first.
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you meet the 5 winning days requirement and have positive net profit for the payout cycle, you are eligible for payout.
Second Payout Example (50K Account):
- Starting balance: $50,000
- After first cycle: Balance reached $52,500 (profit: $2,500)
- First payout: 50% of $2,500 = $1,250 withdrawn
- Balance after first payout: $51,250
- After second cycle: Balance reached $54,000
- Total profits now: $54,000 - $50,000 = $4,000
Section: Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
+ - Second payout eligibility: 50% of $4,000 = $2,000
Key point: The 50% is calculated from your TOTAL profit position (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profit made during the current cycle.
How Select Flex Works
- Trade until you achieve 5 winning days (days where you profit at least the minimum threshold)
- Request a payout of up to 50% of your profits, not exceeding the payout cap
- After receiving your payout, continue trading to build another 5 winning days
- Repeat the process until you reach live trading eligibility
Best For
The 5-Day Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Prefer larger withdrawal amounts less frequently
- Want the flexibility of having no Daily Loss Limit (the trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time)
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Section: Payout Caps
+ Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
+ - $2,500 for a 150K account
+ Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
+ - They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at: (This applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026)
+ - $600 for a 25K account
+ - $1,250 for a 50K account
+ - $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
Section: Example
+ (if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
+ - So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $52,500
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
50K Drawdown | $2,000 | $2,000
100K Drawdown | $3,000 | $2,500
150K Drawdown | $4,500 | $3,500
Daily Loss Limit | None | Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
Consistency Rule | None | None
Payout Parameters
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
50K Cap | $3,000 | $1,000
100K Cap | $4,000 | $1,500
150K Cap | $5,000 | $2,500
Section: Payout Parameters
+ Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
+ Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
+ Accounts purchased after Sep 1st, 2026:
+ Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
+ Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
+ 25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
+ 50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250
+ 100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750
+ 150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
+ - 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
- 150K Account: $154,600 (Flex) / $153,600 (Daily) → Locks at $150,100
Q: Why do I start with fewer contracts in my funded account than I had during evaluation?
A: Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that starts with lower contract limits and increases as your equity grows. During evaluation, you have access to full contract limits to demonstrate your trading ability. Once funded, you start at the base tier and scale up as you prove consistent profitability. This helps manage risk while rewarding successful trading.
Q: When do my contract limits increase?
A: Your contract limits are calibrated at End of Day (EOD). When your closing balance reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase for the next trading day.
Getting Help
If you have questions about which payout policy is right for you, or need clarification on any of the rules, account status, buffer amounts or payout eligibility feel free to contact our support team.
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
- 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Section: Payout Structure
− Payout Caps:
+ Payout Caps (This only applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026):
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $5,000 per payout
Select 300K (Flex): winning day threshold $750, payout cap up to 50% of your total profits capped at $10,000 per payout. Full parameters: 300K Select Account.
Section: Accounts Purchased after September 1st, 2026 will have the following payout caps:
+ Accounts Purchased after September 1st, 2026 will have the following payout caps:
+ - 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
+ - 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $2,500 per payout
+ - 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,500 per payout
+ - 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,500 per payout
No Minimum Balance Requirement
Unlike other Tradeify programs, Select Flex has no minimum account balance requirement for payouts. You can request a payout immediately after achieving 5 winning days, regardless of your account balance.
First Payout Example (50K Account):
- You achieve 5 winning days with a balance of $52,500
- Since your EOD balance exceeded $52,100, your drawdown has already locked at $50,100
- You're eligible to withdraw 50% of your profits ($1,250)
- You request and receive a $1,250 payout
- Your balance after payout: $51,250
Note: Your drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for a 50K account). This happens either automatically at EOD when your balance reaches $52,100 (for 50K), or immediately when you request a payout—whichever comes first.
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you meet the 5 winning days requirement and have positive net profit for the payout cycle, you are eligible for payout.
Second Payout Example (50K Account):
- Starting balance: $50,000
- After first cycle: Balance reached $52,500 (profit: $2,500)
- First payout: 50% of $2,500 = $1,250 withdrawn
- Balance after first payout: $51,250
- After second cycle: Balance reached $54,000
- Total profits now: $54,000 - $50,000 = $4,000
Section: Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
− - Second payout eligibility: 50% of $4,000 = $2,000 (within $3,000 cap)
+ - Second payout eligibility: 50% of $4,000 = $2,000
Key point: The 50% is calculated from your TOTAL profit position (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profit made during the current cycle.
How Select Flex Works
- Trade until you achieve 5 winning days (days where you profit at least the minimum threshold)
- Request a payout of up to 50% of your profits, not exceeding the payout cap
- After receiving your payout, continue trading to build another 5 winning days
- Repeat the process until you reach live trading eligibility
Best For
The 5-Day Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Prefer larger withdrawal amounts less frequently
- Want the flexibility of having no Daily Loss Limit (the trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time)
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Section: Payout Caps
+ Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
+ - $2,500 for a 150K account
+ Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
+ - They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at: (This applies to accounts purchased before Sep 1st, 2026)
+ - $600 for a 25K account
+ - $1,250 for a 50K account
+ - $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
Section: Example
− - So the trader could request up to $1,000 as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
+ (if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
+ - So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $52,500
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
50K Drawdown | $2,000 | $2,000
100K Drawdown | $3,000 | $2,500
150K Drawdown | $4,500 | $3,500
Daily Loss Limit | None | Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
Consistency Rule | None | None
Payout Parameters
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
50K Cap | $3,000 | $1,000
100K Cap | $4,000 | $1,500
150K Cap | $5,000 | $2,500
Section: Payout Parameters
+ Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
+ Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
+ Accounts purchased after Sep 1st, 2026:
+ Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
+ Frequency | Every 5 winning days | Daily eligibility
+ 25K Cap | $1,250 | $600
+ 50K Cap | $2,500 | $1,250
+ 100K Cap | $3,500 | $1,750
+ 150K Cap | $4,500 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to $600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
+ A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
− - 25K Account: $26,600 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
+ - 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
- 150K Account: $154,600 (Flex) / $153,600 (Daily) → Locks at $150,100
Q: Why do I start with fewer contracts in my funded account than I had during evaluation?
A: Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that starts with lower contract limits and increases as your equity grows. During evaluation, you have access to full contract limits to demonstrate your trading ability. Once funded, you start at the base tier and scale up as you prove consistent profitability. This helps manage risk while rewarding successful trading.
Q: When do my contract limits increase?
A: Your contract limits are calibrated at End of Day (EOD). When your closing balance reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase for the next trading day.
Getting Help
If you have questions about which payout policy is right for you, or need clarification on any of the rules, account status, buffer amounts or payout eligibility feel free to contact our support team.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Restricted Countries | Tradeify Help CenterAdded full alphabetical list of 58 restricted countries with country names explicitly enumerated.Aug 31
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Barbados | Iran | North Korea | Tunisia
Belarus | Iraq | Pakistan | Turkey
Bosnia & Herzegovina | Israel | Panama | Uganda
Botswana | Jamaica | Papua New Guinea | Ukraine
Bulgaria | Kosovo | Russia | Venezuela
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Vietnam
Burundi | Lebanon | | Yemen
Cambodia | Liberia | | Zimbabwe
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
After
Barbados | Iran | North Korea | Tunisia
Belarus | Iraq | Pakistan | Turkey
Bosnia & Herzegovina | Israel | Panama | Uganda
Botswana | Jamaica | Papua New Guinea | Ukraine
Bulgaria | Kosovo | Russia | Venezuela
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Vietnam
Burundi | Lebanon | | Yemen
Cambodia | Liberia | | Zimbabwe
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
+ Full alphabetical list (58 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kosovo, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
Barbados | Iran | North Korea | Tunisia
Belarus | Iraq | Pakistan | Turkey
Bosnia & Herzegovina | Israel | Panama | Uganda
Botswana | Jamaica | Papua New Guinea | Ukraine
Bulgaria | Kosovo | Russia | Venezuela
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Vietnam
Burundi | Lebanon | | Yemen
Cambodia | Liberia | | Zimbabwe
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
+ Full alphabetical list (58 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kosovo, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
PremierTradeify · Affiliates | Tradeify Help CenterAffiliate follow-up contact changed from to .Aug 28
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If you would like to apply to become an affiliate for Tradeify please fill in the form on the page below:
- https://tradeify.co/become-an-affiliate/
− Already applied? Contact to follow up on your application status.
How Referral Tracking Works
All of our affiliates will receive a unique link that users can click to access our site. This link stores a cookie on the user's device for 60 days, ensuring you receive credit for any purchases they make, even if they use our active discount promotion. The only exception is if the user applies another affiliate's discount code (Last Click), which our system prioritizes.
Commission Rates
Tradeify gives affiliates 15% commission for Growth and Select Evaluation plans and 10% commission for Lightning Funded plans.
We also give affiliates $5 for evaluation resets and $5 for activation fees.
Payout Schedule
The minimum amount to receive a payout is $1,000, and payments are paid via Plane. If your earnings do not meet the $1,000 threshold in a given month, your earnings will roll over to subsequent months until the minimum payout threshold is achieved.
When you meet the $1,000 commission threshold by the end of a month, you will receive an email notification with further instructions the following week. Affiliates will be invited to Plane to receive their payment before their affiliate payout due date.
Affiliates are paid out every 15th of the month for the prior month's commissions. Affiliates may receive their payments early but will receive the payment by the 15th of each period.
e.g. Commissions earned between October 1 – October 31 will be paid on November 15th.
Troubleshooting Affiliate Payouts
- If you believe you have met the $1,000 threshold but did not receive a payout, ensure you have completed all onboarding processes necessary for payment.
After
If you would like to apply to become an affiliate for Tradeify please fill in the form on the page below:
- https://tradeify.co/become-an-affiliate/
+ Already applied? Contact to follow up on your application status.
How Referral Tracking Works
All of our affiliates will receive a unique link that users can click to access our site. This link stores a cookie on the user's device for 60 days, ensuring you receive credit for any purchases they make, even if they use our active discount promotion. The only exception is if the user applies another affiliate's discount code (Last Click), which our system prioritizes.
Commission Rates
Tradeify gives affiliates 15% commission for Growth and Select Evaluation plans and 10% commission for Lightning Funded plans.
We also give affiliates $5 for evaluation resets and $5 for activation fees.
Payout Schedule
The minimum amount to receive a payout is $1,000, and payments are paid via Plane. If your earnings do not meet the $1,000 threshold in a given month, your earnings will roll over to subsequent months until the minimum payout threshold is achieved.
When you meet the $1,000 commission threshold by the end of a month, you will receive an email notification with further instructions the following week. Affiliates will be invited to Plane to receive their payment before their affiliate payout due date.
Affiliates are paid out every 15th of the month for the prior month's commissions. Affiliates may receive their payments early but will receive the payment by the 15th of each period.
e.g. Commissions earned between October 1 – October 31 will be paid on November 15th.
Troubleshooting Affiliate Payouts
- If you believe you have met the $1,000 threshold but did not receive a payout, ensure you have completed all onboarding processes necessary for payment.
If you would like to apply to become an affiliate for Tradeify please fill in the form on the page below:
- https://tradeify.co/become-an-affiliate/
− Already applied? Contact to follow up on your application status.
+ Already applied? Contact to follow up on your application status.
How Referral Tracking Works
All of our affiliates will receive a unique link that users can click to access our site. This link stores a cookie on the user's device for 60 days, ensuring you receive credit for any purchases they make, even if they use our active discount promotion. The only exception is if the user applies another affiliate's discount code (Last Click), which our system prioritizes.
Commission Rates
Tradeify gives affiliates 15% commission for Growth and Select Evaluation plans and 10% commission for Lightning Funded plans.
We also give affiliates $5 for evaluation resets and $5 for activation fees.
Payout Schedule
The minimum amount to receive a payout is $1,000, and payments are paid via Plane. If your earnings do not meet the $1,000 threshold in a given month, your earnings will roll over to subsequent months until the minimum payout threshold is achieved.
When you meet the $1,000 commission threshold by the end of a month, you will receive an email notification with further instructions the following week. Affiliates will be invited to Plane to receive their payment before their affiliate payout due date.
Affiliates are paid out every 15th of the month for the prior month's commissions. Affiliates may receive their payments early but will receive the payment by the 15th of each period.
e.g. Commissions earned between October 1 – October 31 will be paid on November 15th.
Troubleshooting Affiliate Payouts
- If you believe you have met the $1,000 threshold but did not receive a payout, ensure you have completed all onboarding processes necessary for payment.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools | Tradeify Help CenterAdded $300K account tier with $15,000 base pool, $22,500 with multiplier, and up to $6,000 monthly payments.Aug 28
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
There's no real sense of progression. No acceleration. No additional upside for doing things properly. If you want to earn more, the only real option is to take more risk.
We wanted to change that.
Instead of live trading being the end of the journey, we built something that actually rewards you for performing well once you're there. We introduced a Performance Reward Pool inside the live environment — something you earn on top of the trading profits you're already making.
You're getting paid twice. Once from your trading profits, and again from the reward pool.
This applies to all current and new live traders, regardless of plan (Select, Growth, or Lightning Funded). For general information about Elite Live eligibility, transition, and account parameters, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
When you go live, every account you take live comes with a reward pool attached to it:
Account Size | Reward Pool (Per Account)
$25K | $2,000
$50K | $4,000
$100K | $8,000
$150K | $12,000
Section: Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
You can run up to 5 accounts. If a trader has multiple live accounts, each account has its own independent reward pool.
Example: 5 x $150K accounts = $12,000 per account = $60,000 total available across all accounts.
This isn't something you gamble for. It's something you earn over time by trading properly.
Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
Select plan traders who demonstrated strong discipline during their Sim Funded phase can increase their pool size per account. The 1.5x Performance Multiplier is exclusively available to Select plan traders.
To qualify, both conditions must be met at live transition:
- Sim Funded Consistency Score below 40%
- Never exceeded 75% of allowed max drawdown
If both conditions were met, the pool per account increases by 50%:
Account Size | Base Pool | With 1.5x Multiplier
$25K | $2,000 | $3,000
$50K | $4,000 | $6,000
$100K | $8,000 | $12,000
$150K | $12,000 | $18,000
Section: Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
The multiplier is applied per account at transition and does not require additional Sim profit.
Example with multiplier: 5 x $150K accounts = $18,000 per account = $90,000 total available across all accounts.
How the Reward Pool Is Earned (Monthly – Per Account)
Each account can earn rewards monthly, provided the eligibility criteria are met.
Maximum Monthly Reward Per Account:
Account Size | Maximum Monthly Reward
$25K | Up to $1,000
$50K | Up to $2,000
$100K | Up to $3,000
$150K | Up to $4,500
Section: How the Reward Pool Is Earned (Monthly – Per Account)
Once the full pool for that specific account is earned, no further pool payments are available for that account.
If the multiplier was applied, the expanded pool simply allows additional months of eligibility.
Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
Each account has a simple monthly objective. To unlock a monthly reward for a specific account, the trader must:
- Achieve 5 profitable days of at least $250 per day
- End the month with profit greater than max trailing drawdown on the Live account:
- $25K: $1,000
- $50K: $2,000
- $100K: $3,000
- $150K: $4,500
Section: Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
Eligibility is evaluated independently per account.
Important: If an account is breached, any remaining unpaid pool for that specific account is forfeited.
Real Example – How You Get Paid Twice
Let's walk through a real scenario so you can see how the numbers actually work.
A trader goes live with 5 x $150K accounts.
From day one, they have $60,000 in reward pools available ($12,000 per account x 5).
Month 1
The trader has a strong, controlled month. No big swings, no unnecessary risk.
Across the 5 accounts, they generate $5,000 in profit per account.
That's $25,000 in trading profits.
Because they hit the monthly objective on each account (5 profitable days, profit above $4,500), they also unlock $4,500 per account in rewards from the pool.
Across 5 accounts: $22,500 from the reward pool.
After
There's no real sense of progression. No acceleration. No additional upside for doing things properly. If you want to earn more, the only real option is to take more risk.
We wanted to change that.
Instead of live trading being the end of the journey, we built something that actually rewards you for performing well once you're there. We introduced a Performance Reward Pool inside the live environment — something you earn on top of the trading profits you're already making.
You're getting paid twice. Once from your trading profits, and again from the reward pool.
This applies to all current and new live traders, regardless of plan (Select, Growth, or Lightning Funded). For general information about Elite Live eligibility, transition, and account parameters, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
When you go live, every account you take live comes with a reward pool attached to it:
Account Size | Reward Pool (Per Account)
$25K | $2,000
$50K | $4,000
$100K | $8,000
$150K | $12,000
Section: Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
+ $300k | $15,000
You can run up to 5 accounts. If a trader has multiple live accounts, each account has its own independent reward pool.
Example: 5 x $150K accounts = $12,000 per account = $60,000 total available across all accounts.
This isn't something you gamble for. It's something you earn over time by trading properly.
Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
Select plan traders who demonstrated strong discipline during their Sim Funded phase can increase their pool size per account. The 1.5x Performance Multiplier is exclusively available to Select plan traders.
To qualify, both conditions must be met at live transition:
- Sim Funded Consistency Score below 40%
- Never exceeded 75% of allowed max drawdown
If both conditions were met, the pool per account increases by 50%:
Account Size | Base Pool | With 1.5x Multiplier
$25K | $2,000 | $3,000
$50K | $4,000 | $6,000
$100K | $8,000 | $12,000
$150K | $12,000 | $18,000
Section: Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
+ $300k | $15,000 | $22,500
The multiplier is applied per account at transition and does not require additional Sim profit.
Example with multiplier: 5 x $150K accounts = $18,000 per account = $90,000 total available across all accounts.
How the Reward Pool Is Earned (Monthly – Per Account)
Each account can earn rewards monthly, provided the eligibility criteria are met.
Maximum Monthly Reward Per Account:
Account Size | Maximum Monthly Reward
$25K | Up to $1,000
$50K | Up to $2,000
$100K | Up to $3,000
$150K | Up to $4,500
Section: How the Reward Pool Is Earned (Monthly – Per Account)
+ $300k | Up to $6,000
Once the full pool for that specific account is earned, no further pool payments are available for that account.
If the multiplier was applied, the expanded pool simply allows additional months of eligibility.
Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
Each account has a simple monthly objective. To unlock a monthly reward for a specific account, the trader must:
- Achieve 5 profitable days of at least $250 per day
- End the month with profit greater than max trailing drawdown on the Live account:
- $25K: $1,000
- $50K: $2,000
- $100K: $3,000
- $150K: $4,500
Section: Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
+ - $300k: $6,000
Eligibility is evaluated independently per account.
Important: If an account is breached, any remaining unpaid pool for that specific account is forfeited.
Real Example – How You Get Paid Twice
Let's walk through a real scenario so you can see how the numbers actually work.
A trader goes live with 5 x $150K accounts.
From day one, they have $60,000 in reward pools available ($12,000 per account x 5).
Month 1
The trader has a strong, controlled month. No big swings, no unnecessary risk.
Across the 5 accounts, they generate $5,000 in profit per account.
That's $25,000 in trading profits.
Because they hit the monthly objective on each account (5 profitable days, profit above $4,500), they also unlock $4,500 per account in rewards from the pool.
Across 5 accounts: $22,500 from the reward pool.
There's no real sense of progression. No acceleration. No additional upside for doing things properly. If you want to earn more, the only real option is to take more risk.
We wanted to change that.
Instead of live trading being the end of the journey, we built something that actually rewards you for performing well once you're there. We introduced a Performance Reward Pool inside the live environment — something you earn on top of the trading profits you're already making.
You're getting paid twice. Once from your trading profits, and again from the reward pool.
This applies to all current and new live traders, regardless of plan (Select, Growth, or Lightning Funded). For general information about Elite Live eligibility, transition, and account parameters, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
When you go live, every account you take live comes with a reward pool attached to it:
Account Size | Reward Pool (Per Account)
$25K | $2,000
$50K | $4,000
$100K | $8,000
$150K | $12,000
Section: Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
+ $300k | $15,000
You can run up to 5 accounts. If a trader has multiple live accounts, each account has its own independent reward pool.
Example: 5 x $150K accounts = $12,000 per account = $60,000 total available across all accounts.
This isn't something you gamble for. It's something you earn over time by trading properly.
Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
Select plan traders who demonstrated strong discipline during their Sim Funded phase can increase their pool size per account. The 1.5x Performance Multiplier is exclusively available to Select plan traders.
To qualify, both conditions must be met at live transition:
- Sim Funded Consistency Score below 40%
- Never exceeded 75% of allowed max drawdown
If both conditions were met, the pool per account increases by 50%:
Account Size | Base Pool | With 1.5x Multiplier
$25K | $2,000 | $3,000
$50K | $4,000 | $6,000
$100K | $8,000 | $12,000
$150K | $12,000 | $18,000
Section: Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
+ $300k | $15,000 | $22,500
The multiplier is applied per account at transition and does not require additional Sim profit.
Example with multiplier: 5 x $150K accounts = $18,000 per account = $90,000 total available across all accounts.
How the Reward Pool Is Earned (Monthly – Per Account)
Each account can earn rewards monthly, provided the eligibility criteria are met.
Maximum Monthly Reward Per Account:
Account Size | Maximum Monthly Reward
$25K | Up to $1,000
$50K | Up to $2,000
$100K | Up to $3,000
$150K | Up to $4,500
Section: How the Reward Pool Is Earned (Monthly – Per Account)
+ $300k | Up to $6,000
Once the full pool for that specific account is earned, no further pool payments are available for that account.
If the multiplier was applied, the expanded pool simply allows additional months of eligibility.
Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
Each account has a simple monthly objective. To unlock a monthly reward for a specific account, the trader must:
- Achieve 5 profitable days of at least $250 per day
- End the month with profit greater than max trailing drawdown on the Live account:
- $25K: $1,000
- $50K: $2,000
- $100K: $3,000
- $150K: $4,500
Section: Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
+ - $300k: $6,000
Eligibility is evaluated independently per account.
Important: If an account is breached, any remaining unpaid pool for that specific account is forfeited.
Real Example – How You Get Paid Twice
Let's walk through a real scenario so you can see how the numbers actually work.
A trader goes live with 5 x $150K accounts.
From day one, they have $60,000 in reward pools available ($12,000 per account x 5).
Month 1
The trader has a strong, controlled month. No big swings, no unnecessary risk.
Across the 5 accounts, they generate $5,000 in profit per account.
That's $25,000 in trading profits.
Because they hit the monthly objective on each account (5 profitable days, profit above $4,500), they also unlock $4,500 per account in rewards from the pool.
Across 5 accounts: $22,500 from the reward pool.
PremierTradeify · 300K Select Account | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved statement that breaches are final and cannot be reinstated; added warning about automatic drawdown lock when taking payout before threshold on Select Flex accounts.Aug 28
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- During the evaluation you have the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit. Scaling applies to funded accounts only.
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent. Once you select Flex or Daily, you cannot change payout policies for that account.
- Both lead to live trading. Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts — see the Tradeify Elite Program.
- Drawdown locks at $300,100 on both versions. The balance that triggers the lock depends on your version and path.
- V2 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
- V2 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $308,100.
- V1 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $305,100.
- V1 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
- After locking, your drawdown stops trailing your peak and becomes a fixed floor at $300,100.
- Breaches are final. If your funded account breaches, it is closed and cannot be reinstated. You would need to purchase and pass a new 300K evaluation.
- All Select rules still apply. Trading hours, permitted products, hedging rules, and news trading guidelines are unchanged from the other Select sizes.
Section: Important Considerations
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: How do I know whether my account is V1 or V2?
A: Any 300K account purchased on or after August 27, 2026 is a V2 account. Accounts purchased before that date are V1. Your dashboard shows the parameters that apply to your account, and those parameters do not change for the life of the account.
Q: My account is V1. Does the V2 release change my rules?
A: No. V1 accounts keep the V1 parameters they were purchased with, including the $6,000 evaluation maximum loss limit and no evaluation daily loss limit. Nothing about your account changes.
Q: Can I convert or upgrade a V1 account to V2?
A: No. The version is fixed at purchase. If you want to trade under the V2 parameters you would need to purchase a V2 evaluation.
Q: Is the 300K account a limited release?
A: Yes. Only a limited quantity of Select 300K accounts is being released. Once they have all been sold, the 300K size is removed from the purchase page. We have no plans to add further stock at this time.
Q: Which platforms is the 300K account available on?
A: The 300K size is available on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. If you want to use TradingView, that connects through Tradovate, so it is supported.
Q: Does the $300K Funded account count toward the 5 funded account limit?
After
- During the evaluation you have the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit. Scaling applies to funded accounts only.
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent. Once you select Flex or Daily, you cannot change payout policies for that account.
- Both lead to live trading. Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts — see the Tradeify Elite Program.
- Drawdown locks at $300,100 on both versions. The balance that triggers the lock depends on your version and path.
- V2 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
- V2 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $308,100.
- V1 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $305,100.
- V1 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
- After locking, your drawdown stops trailing your peak and becomes a fixed floor at $300,100.
- Breaches are final. If your funded account breaches, it is closed and cannot be reinstated. You would need to purchase and pass a new 300K evaluation.
- All Select rules still apply. Trading hours, permitted products, hedging rules, and news trading guidelines are unchanged from the other Select sizes.
Section: Important Considerations
+ Important Note: Please be aware that if you take a payout on a Select Flex account before reaching the drawdown lock threshold, your drawdown will automatically lock at $300,100 once the payout is approved.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: How do I know whether my account is V1 or V2?
A: Any 300K account purchased on or after August 27, 2026 is a V2 account. Accounts purchased before that date are V1. Your dashboard shows the parameters that apply to your account, and those parameters do not change for the life of the account.
Q: My account is V1. Does the V2 release change my rules?
A: No. V1 accounts keep the V1 parameters they were purchased with, including the $6,000 evaluation maximum loss limit and no evaluation daily loss limit. Nothing about your account changes.
Q: Can I convert or upgrade a V1 account to V2?
A: No. The version is fixed at purchase. If you want to trade under the V2 parameters you would need to purchase a V2 evaluation.
Q: Is the 300K account a limited release?
A: Yes. Only a limited quantity of Select 300K accounts is being released. Once they have all been sold, the 300K size is removed from the purchase page. We have no plans to add further stock at this time.
Q: Which platforms is the 300K account available on?
A: The 300K size is available on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. If you want to use TradingView, that connects through Tradovate, so it is supported.
Q: Does the $300K Funded account count toward the 5 funded account limit?
- During the evaluation you have the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit. Scaling applies to funded accounts only.
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent. Once you select Flex or Daily, you cannot change payout policies for that account.
- Both lead to live trading. Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts — see the Tradeify Elite Program.
- Drawdown locks at $300,100 on both versions. The balance that triggers the lock depends on your version and path.
- V2 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
- V2 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $308,100.
- V1 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $305,100.
- V1 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
- After locking, your drawdown stops trailing your peak and becomes a fixed floor at $300,100.
- Breaches are final. If your funded account breaches, it is closed and cannot be reinstated. You would need to purchase and pass a new 300K evaluation.
- All Select rules still apply. Trading hours, permitted products, hedging rules, and news trading guidelines are unchanged from the other Select sizes.
Section: Important Considerations
+ Important Note: Please be aware that if you take a payout on a Select Flex account before reaching the drawdown lock threshold, your drawdown will automatically lock at $300,100 once the payout is approved.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: How do I know whether my account is V1 or V2?
A: Any 300K account purchased on or after August 27, 2026 is a V2 account. Accounts purchased before that date are V1. Your dashboard shows the parameters that apply to your account, and those parameters do not change for the life of the account.
Q: My account is V1. Does the V2 release change my rules?
A: No. V1 accounts keep the V1 parameters they were purchased with, including the $6,000 evaluation maximum loss limit and no evaluation daily loss limit. Nothing about your account changes.
Q: Can I convert or upgrade a V1 account to V2?
A: No. The version is fixed at purchase. If you want to trade under the V2 parameters you would need to purchase a V2 evaluation.
Q: Is the 300K account a limited release?
A: Yes. Only a limited quantity of Select 300K accounts is being released. Once they have all been sold, the 300K size is removed from the purchase page. We have no plans to add further stock at this time.
Q: Which platforms is the 300K account available on?
A: The 300K size is available on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. If you want to use TradingView, that connects through Tradovate, so it is supported.
Q: Does the $300K Funded account count toward the 5 funded account limit?
PremierTradeify · 300K Select Account | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 300K account split into two versions (V1 and V2) with different evaluation prices ($449 vs $349), loss limits, and funded account allowances.Aug 27
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− The Select $300K account is the largest size in the Tradeify Select plan. It follows the same unified evaluation structure as the other Select sizes and offers the same choice between the Select Flex and Select Daily payout policies once you are funded. Because of the size of the account, it carries its own purchase requirements, account limits, and funded parameters. It is also a limited release.
Important: The Select 300K is a limited release with limited quantity and cannot be reset. If your evaluation fails, the account is closed, and continuing would require purchasing another 300K evaluation while stock remains.
Section: Which Version Applies to You
How the 300K Differs from Other Select Sizes
The 300K uses the same evaluation rules and payout policy structure as the 25K to 150K sizes, but the purchase conditions are different. Here are the key differences:
Feature | Select 300K | Select 25K to 150K
Availability | Limited release | Ongoing
Platform | Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts | Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts
Resets | Not available | Up to 10 per evaluation per 30 days
Monthly evaluation limit | Does not count toward the 15 per 30 days | Counts toward the 15 per 30 days
Maximum accounts | 3 per user | Standard funded account limits
Section: How the 300K Differs from Other Select Sizes
Payout policy choice | Flex or Daily, chosen after passing | Flex or Daily, chosen after passing
In summary: the 300K trades under the same rules you already know from Select, but it cannot be reset and is capped at three accounts per user. For the shared Select rules that apply to every size, see Select Evaluation Accounts.
Purchase Requirements
- Limited quantity: The 300K is a limited release. Once the available accounts are sold, the size is removed from the purchase page.
Section: Purchase Requirements
− - Price: $449 for the evaluation. There are no activation fees and no ongoing fees on the funded account.
- Platform: The 300K size is offered on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. TradingView is supported, as it connects through Tradovate.
- Identity verification: KYC must be completed and approved before your purchase can be finalized.
- Account limit: A maximum of 3 Select 300K accounts per user.
- Monthly allowance: 300K purchases do not count toward the limit of 15 evaluations per 30-day period.
- Resets: Not available at any stage. A failed evaluation requires a new purchase.
- Refunds: All sales are final, including account purchases and any associated fees.
Evaluation Phase
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency, in the same way as every other Select size.
Section: 300K V2 Evaluation (current)
− 300K Account Evaluation
Parameter | 300K
Price | $449
Profit target | $14,000
Maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency requirement | 40%
Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
− - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
− - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
- Full contract size: You have access to the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit throughout the evaluation. Scaling applies only once you are funded.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchase with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You are allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you will be prompted to choose between two payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you access your profits. Full details of both policies, including worked payout examples, are in Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
− Designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and a wider drawdown.
Parameter | 300K Flex
Maximum drawdown | $6,000
Section: 300K V2 Flex (current)
− Drawdown mode | End of Day
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency rule | None
Winning day threshold | $750 minimum profit per day
Payout frequency | Every 5 winning days
Payout cap | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout
Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
Select Daily Payout Policy — 300K
Designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer.
Section: 300K V2 Daily (current)
Parameter | 300K Daily
Maximum drawdown | $5,000
Section: 300K V2 Flex (current)
− Drawdown mode | End of Day
Daily loss limit | $2,500
Consistency rule | None
Buffer | $5,100 (balance of $305,100)
Payout frequency | Daily eligibility once above the buffer
Maximum payout per day | $3,500
New-profit rule | 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout
Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
Profit Split
90% to the trader, 10% to Tradeify, on both paths. This is the same split applied to all Sim Funded accounts.
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Section: Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
− Select 300K funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as the account grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day, meaning your limits update based on your closing balance each trading day. The same plan applies to both the Flex and Daily paths.
End of Day profit | Account balance | Maximum contracts
$0 to $1,500 | $300,000 to $301,500 | 3 mini / 30 micro
$1,500 to $3,000 | $301,500 to $303,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro
$3,000 to $5,000 | $303,000 to $305,000 | 6 mini / 60 micro
$5,000 to $7,000 | $305,000 to $307,000 | 10 mini / 100 micro
$7,000 and above | $307,000 and above | 16 mini / 160 micro
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity.
- When your End of Day equity reaches a scaling trigger, your limits increase the following trading day.
- Scaling is cumulative. Once you reach a higher tier you retain those limits even if your balance later drops.
- During the evaluation you have the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit. Scaling applies to funded accounts only.
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent. Once you select Flex or Daily, you cannot change payout policies for that account.
- Both lead to live trading. Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts — see the Tradeify Elite Program.
Section: Important Considerations
− - Drawdown locks at $300,100.
− - On the Daily path this happens once your End of Day balance reaches $305,100.
− - On the Flex path it happens once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100. After locking, your drawdown stops trailing your peak and becomes a fixed floor.
- Breaches are final. If your funded account breaches, it is closed and cannot be reinstated. You would need to purchase and pass a new 300K evaluation.
- All Select rules still apply. Trading hours, permitted products, hedging rules, and news trading guidelines are unchanged from the other Select sizes.
Frequently Asked Questions
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is the 300K account a limited release?
A: Yes. Only a limited quantity of Select 300K accounts is being released. Once they have all been sold, the 300K size is removed from the purchase page. We have no plans to add further stock at this time.
Q: Which platforms is the 300K account available on?
A: The 300K size is available on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. If you want to use TradingView, that connects through Tradovate, so it is supported.
Q: Does the $300K Funded account count toward the 5 funded account limit?
− A: Yes. The $300K Funded account is included in the maximum of 5 funded accounts you can hold at one time.
Q: Why do I have to complete KYC before buying?
A: Identity verification is mandatory before purchase on the 300K account. This is different from the other Select sizes, where verification is completed after you pass and before your funded account is activated. Your 300K purchase cannot be finalized until KYC is approved. See the KYC and AML Policy for what is required.
Q: Can I reset a 300K evaluation?
A: No. Resets are not available on the 300K at any stage. If your evaluation fails you would need to purchase a new one. This is the main structural difference from the smaller Select sizes, which allow up to 10 resets per 30-day period.
Q: Does buying a 300K account use up my monthly Select evaluation allowance?
A: No. Select 300K purchases do not count toward the limit of 15 evaluations per 30-day period.
Q: How many 300K accounts can I have?
A: A maximum of 3 per user.
Q: Can I pass the 300K evaluation in one day?
− A: No. The 40% consistency rule means a minimum of 3 trading days, even if you reach the $14,000 profit target earlier.
Q: Does the consistency rule apply once I am funded?
A: No. The 40% consistency requirement applies during the evaluation only. It is removed on both the Flex and Daily funded paths.
Q: Why do I start with 3 contracts when the account allows 16?
A: All Select funded accounts begin with reduced limits and scale up as the account grows. The full 16 mini / 160 micro limit becomes available once your End of Day profit reaches $7,000.
Q: What is the buffer on the Daily path?
− A: $5,100. You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your balance below $305,100. Profits above that level are eligible for withdrawal, subject to the $3,500 daily cap and the new-profit rule.
Q: Can I switch between Flex and Daily after choosing?
A: No. The choice is permanent for that funded account. If you want the other path you would need to pass a separate 300K evaluation and choose the alternative.
Q: Can I hold a 300K account alongside my other Select, Growth, or Lightning accounts?
− A: Yes, subject to the standard funded account limits and the 3-account maximum on the 300K size specifically.
Q: Are there any ongoing fees after I pass?
A: No. Once you pass and activate your funded account there are no ongoing fees and no activation fee.
Getting Started
To purchase a Select 300K account:
- Log into your Tradeify dashboard and check that the 300K size is still in stock
- Complete identity verification if you have not already done so.
- Navigate to the account purchase section and choose Select Evaluation.
- Select the 300K size and the preferred platform.
Section: Getting Started
− - Complete the purchase and start trading immediately.
- After passing, choose between Select Flex and Select Daily.
Note: You do not choose your payout policy until after you pass the evaluation. Everyone completes the same evaluation first.
For questions about the Select 300K account or assistance with your account, contact our support team through the chat widget in your dashboard.
After
+ The Select $300K account is the largest size in the Tradeify Select plan. It follows the same unified evaluation structure as the other Select sizes and offers the same choice between the Select Flex and Select Daily payout policies once you are funded. Because of the size of the account, it carries its own purchase requirements, account limits, and funded parameters. It is also a limited release. The 300K has been released in two versions, V1 and V2, and both are covered in this article.
Important: The Select 300K is a limited release with limited quantity and cannot be reset. If your evaluation fails, the account is closed, and continuing would require purchasing another 300K evaluation while stock remains.
Section: Which Version Applies to You
+ Which Version Applies to You
+ The Select 300K has been released in two versions. Version 2 launched on August 27, 2026 and applies to every 300K account purchased on or after that date. Version 1 accounts purchased before August 27, 2026 continue to run under the V1 rules for the life of the account. Your parameters are set when you purchase and do not change.
+ You can see which version your account is on in your Tradeify dashboard. Where this article shows two tables, use the one that matches your version.
+ - Select 300K V2 (current): $349 evaluation, $8,000 maximum loss limit, $4,000 daily loss limit. This is the version on sale now.
+ - Select 300K V1 (legacy): $449 evaluation, $6,000 maximum loss limit, no daily loss limit. No longer on sale. Existing V1 accounts continue under V1 rules and are not affected by the V2 release.
+ V1 and V2 at a Glance
+ Parameter | V1 (legacy accounts) | V2 (current)
+ Evaluation price | $449 | $349
+ Profit target | $14,000 | $14,000
+ Evaluation maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day) | $8,000 (End of Day)
+ Evaluation daily loss limit | None | $4,000
+ Consistency requirement | 40% | 40%
+ Flex drawdown | $6,000 (End of Day) | $8,000 (End of Day)
+ Flex daily loss limit | None | $4,000
+ Flex payout cap | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout
+ Daily drawdown | $5,000 (End of Day) | $6,000 (End of Day)
+ Daily loss limit (funded) | $2,500 | $3,000
+ Daily buffer | $5,100 (balance of $305,100) | $6,100 (balance of $306,100)
+ Maximum payout per day (Daily) | $3,500 | $4,000
+ Funded account allowance | Counts toward your 5 funded accounts | Held on top of your 5 funded accounts, up to 8 sim funded accounts in total
+ Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro | 16 mini / 160 micro
How the 300K Differs from Other Select Sizes
The 300K uses the same evaluation rules and payout policy structure as the 25K to 150K sizes, but the purchase conditions are different. Here are the key differences:
Feature | Select 300K | Select 25K to 150K
Availability | Limited release | Ongoing
Platform | Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts | Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts
Resets | Not available | Up to 10 per evaluation per 30 days
Monthly evaluation limit | Does not count toward the 15 per 30 days | Counts toward the 15 per 30 days
Maximum accounts | 3 per user | Standard funded account limits
Section: How the 300K Differs from Other Select Sizes
+ Funded account allowance | V2: held on top of the standard 5 funded accounts, up to 8 in total. V1: counts toward the 5 | Counts toward the standard 5 funded accounts
Payout policy choice | Flex or Daily, chosen after passing | Flex or Daily, chosen after passing
In summary: the 300K trades under the same rules you already know from Select, but it cannot be reset and is capped at three accounts per user. For the shared Select rules that apply to every size, see Select Evaluation Accounts.
Purchase Requirements
- Limited quantity: The 300K is a limited release. Once the available accounts are sold, the size is removed from the purchase page.
Section: Purchase Requirements
+ - Price: $349 for the V2 evaluation. V1 evaluations were $449. There are no activation fees and no ongoing fees on the funded account.
- Platform: The 300K size is offered on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. TradingView is supported, as it connects through Tradovate.
- Identity verification: KYC must be completed and approved before your purchase can be finalized.
- Account limit: A maximum of 3 Select 300K accounts per user.
+ - Funded account allowance: V2 300K funded accounts are held on top of the standard 5 funded accounts. With three of them you can hold up to 8 sim funded accounts in total. V1 300K funded accounts count toward the 5.
- Monthly allowance: 300K purchases do not count toward the limit of 15 evaluations per 30-day period.
- Resets: Not available at any stage. A failed evaluation requires a new purchase.
- Refunds: All sales are final, including account purchases and any associated fees.
Evaluation Phase
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency, in the same way as every other Select size.
Section: 300K V2 Evaluation (current)
+ 300K V2 Evaluation (current)
+ Parameter | 300K V2
+ Price | $349
+ Profit target | $14,000
+ Maximum loss limit | $8,000 (End of Day)
+ Daily loss limit | $4,000
+ Consistency requirement | 40%
+ Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
+ 300K V1 Evaluation (legacy accounts)
Parameter | 300K
Price | $449
Profit target | $14,000
Maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency requirement | 40%
Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
+ - Daily Loss Limit: V2 evaluations carry a $4,000 daily loss limit. V1 evaluations have no daily loss limit. On both versions your maximum loss limit applies at all times.
+ - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The maximum loss limit is $8,000 on V2 and $6,000 on V1, and it is enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
- Full contract size: You have access to the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit throughout the evaluation. Scaling applies only once you are funded.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchase with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You are allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you will be prompted to choose between two payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you access your profits. Full details of both policies, including worked payout examples, are in Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
+ Designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy carries the wider drawdown of the two paths. On V1 it has no daily loss limit; on V2 it carries a $4,000 daily loss limit.
+ 300K V2 Flex (current)
+ Parameter | 300K V2 Flex
+ Maximum drawdown | $8,000
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
+ Daily loss limit | $4,000
+ Consistency rule | None
+ Winning day threshold | $750 minimum profit per day
+ Payout frequency | Every 5 winning days
+ Payout cap | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout
+ Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
+ Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
+ 300K V1 Flex (legacy accounts)
Parameter | 300K Flex
Maximum drawdown | $6,000
Section: 300K V2 Flex (current)
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency rule | None
Winning day threshold | $750 minimum profit per day
Payout frequency | Every 5 winning days
Payout cap | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout
Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
Select Daily Payout Policy — 300K
Designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer.
Section: 300K V2 Daily (current)
+ 300K V2 Daily (current)
+ Parameter | 300K V2 Daily
+ Maximum drawdown | $6,000
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
+ Daily loss limit | $3,000
+ Consistency rule | None
+ Buffer | $6,100 (balance of $306,100)
+ Payout frequency | Daily eligibility once above the buffer
+ Maximum payout per day | $4,000
+ New-profit rule | 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout
+ Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
+ Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
+ 300K V1 Daily (legacy accounts)
Parameter | 300K Daily
Maximum drawdown | $5,000
Section: 300K V2 Flex (current)
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
Daily loss limit | $2,500
Consistency rule | None
Buffer | $5,100 (balance of $305,100)
Payout frequency | Daily eligibility once above the buffer
Maximum payout per day | $3,500
New-profit rule | 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout
Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
Profit Split
90% to the trader, 10% to Tradeify, on both paths. This is the same split applied to all Sim Funded accounts.
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Section: Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
+ Select 300K funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as the account grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day, meaning your limits update based on your closing balance each trading day. The same plan applies to both the Flex and Daily paths, and it is identical on V1 and V2.
End of Day profit | Account balance | Maximum contracts
$0 to $1,500 | $300,000 to $301,500 | 3 mini / 30 micro
$1,500 to $3,000 | $301,500 to $303,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro
$3,000 to $5,000 | $303,000 to $305,000 | 6 mini / 60 micro
$5,000 to $7,000 | $305,000 to $307,000 | 10 mini / 100 micro
$7,000 and above | $307,000 and above | 16 mini / 160 micro
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity.
- When your End of Day equity reaches a scaling trigger, your limits increase the following trading day.
- Scaling is cumulative. Once you reach a higher tier you retain those limits even if your balance later drops.
- During the evaluation you have the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit. Scaling applies to funded accounts only.
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent. Once you select Flex or Daily, you cannot change payout policies for that account.
- Both lead to live trading. Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts — see the Tradeify Elite Program.
Section: Important Considerations
+ - Drawdown locks at $300,100 on both versions. The balance that triggers the lock depends on your version and path.
+ - V2 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
+ - V2 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $308,100.
+ - V1 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $305,100.
+ - V1 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
+ - After locking, your drawdown stops trailing your peak and becomes a fixed floor at $300,100.
- Breaches are final. If your funded account breaches, it is closed and cannot be reinstated. You would need to purchase and pass a new 300K evaluation.
- All Select rules still apply. Trading hours, permitted products, hedging rules, and news trading guidelines are unchanged from the other Select sizes.
Frequently Asked Questions
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: How do I know whether my account is V1 or V2?
+ A: Any 300K account purchased on or after August 27, 2026 is a V2 account. Accounts purchased before that date are V1. Your dashboard shows the parameters that apply to your account, and those parameters do not change for the life of the account.
+ Q: My account is V1. Does the V2 release change my rules?
+ A: No. V1 accounts keep the V1 parameters they were purchased with, including the $6,000 evaluation maximum loss limit and no evaluation daily loss limit. Nothing about your account changes.
+ Q: Can I convert or upgrade a V1 account to V2?
+ A: No. The version is fixed at purchase. If you want to trade under the V2 parameters you would need to purchase a V2 evaluation.
Q: Is the 300K account a limited release?
A: Yes. Only a limited quantity of Select 300K accounts is being released. Once they have all been sold, the 300K size is removed from the purchase page. We have no plans to add further stock at this time.
Q: Which platforms is the 300K account available on?
A: The 300K size is available on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. If you want to use TradingView, that connects through Tradovate, so it is supported.
Q: Does the $300K Funded account count toward the 5 funded account limit?
+ A: It depends on your version. V2 300K funded accounts are held on top of the standard 5 funded accounts, so with three of them you can hold up to 8 sim funded accounts in total. V1 300K funded accounts are included in the maximum of 5.
Q: Why do I have to complete KYC before buying?
A: Identity verification is mandatory before purchase on the 300K account. This is different from the other Select sizes, where verification is completed after you pass and before your funded account is activated. Your 300K purchase cannot be finalized until KYC is approved. See the KYC and AML Policy for what is required.
Q: Can I reset a 300K evaluation?
A: No. Resets are not available on the 300K at any stage. If your evaluation fails you would need to purchase a new one. This is the main structural difference from the smaller Select sizes, which allow up to 10 resets per 30-day period.
Q: Does buying a 300K account use up my monthly Select evaluation allowance?
A: No. Select 300K purchases do not count toward the limit of 15 evaluations per 30-day period.
Q: How many 300K accounts can I have?
A: A maximum of 3 per user.
Q: Can I pass the 300K evaluation in one day?
+ A: No. The 40% consistency rule means a minimum of 3 trading days, even if you reach the $14,000 profit target earlier. This applies on both versions.
Q: Does the consistency rule apply once I am funded?
A: No. The 40% consistency requirement applies during the evaluation only. It is removed on both the Flex and Daily funded paths.
+ Q: Is the 300K drawdown intraday or end of day?
+ A: Both, in different ways. The drawdown level only updates at the end of the day, so an intraday loss that you recover from does not pull the level up behind you. The level itself is enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately, even if you close the day green. This is the same on V1 and V2 and on both the Flex and Daily paths.
Q: Why do I start with 3 contracts when the account allows 16?
A: All Select funded accounts begin with reduced limits and scale up as the account grows. The full 16 mini / 160 micro limit becomes available once your End of Day profit reaches $7,000.
Q: What is the buffer on the Daily path?
+ A: On V2 the buffer is $6,100, so you cannot withdraw profits that would bring your balance below $306,100. On V1 the buffer is $5,100. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, subject to the daily cap for your version ($4,000 on V2, $3,500 on V1) and the new-profit rule.
Q: Can I switch between Flex and Daily after choosing?
A: No. The choice is permanent for that funded account. If you want the other path you would need to pass a separate 300K evaluation and choose the alternative.
Q: Can I hold a 300K account alongside my other Select, Growth, or Lightning accounts?
+ A: Yes. On V2 the 300K funded accounts sit on top of your standard funded account limit, up to 8 sim funded accounts in total, and still capped at 3 on the 300K size. On V1 the 300K funded account counts toward the standard limit of 5.
Q: Are there any ongoing fees after I pass?
A: No. Once you pass and activate your funded account there are no ongoing fees and no activation fee.
Getting Started
To purchase a Select 300K account:
- Log into your Tradeify dashboard and check that the 300K size is still in stock
- Complete identity verification if you have not already done so.
- Navigate to the account purchase section and choose Select Evaluation.
- Select the 300K size and the preferred platform.
Section: Getting Started
+ - Complete the purchase and start trading immediately. All new 300K purchases are V2 accounts.
- After passing, choose between Select Flex and Select Daily.
Note: You do not choose your payout policy until after you pass the evaluation. Everyone completes the same evaluation first.
For questions about the Select 300K account or assistance with your account, contact our support team through the chat widget in your dashboard.
− The Select $300K account is the largest size in the Tradeify Select plan. It follows the same unified evaluation structure as the other Select sizes and offers the same choice between the Select Flex and Select Daily payout policies once you are funded. Because of the size of the account, it carries its own purchase requirements, account limits, and funded parameters. It is also a limited release.
+ The Select $300K account is the largest size in the Tradeify Select plan. It follows the same unified evaluation structure as the other Select sizes and offers the same choice between the Select Flex and Select Daily payout policies once you are funded. Because of the size of the account, it carries its own purchase requirements, account limits, and funded parameters. It is also a limited release. The 300K has been released in two versions, V1 and V2, and both are covered in this article.
Important: The Select 300K is a limited release with limited quantity and cannot be reset. If your evaluation fails, the account is closed, and continuing would require purchasing another 300K evaluation while stock remains.
Section: Which Version Applies to You
+ Which Version Applies to You
+ The Select 300K has been released in two versions. Version 2 launched on August 27, 2026 and applies to every 300K account purchased on or after that date. Version 1 accounts purchased before August 27, 2026 continue to run under the V1 rules for the life of the account. Your parameters are set when you purchase and do not change.
+ You can see which version your account is on in your Tradeify dashboard. Where this article shows two tables, use the one that matches your version.
+ - Select 300K V2 (current): $349 evaluation, $8,000 maximum loss limit, $4,000 daily loss limit. This is the version on sale now.
+ - Select 300K V1 (legacy): $449 evaluation, $6,000 maximum loss limit, no daily loss limit. No longer on sale. Existing V1 accounts continue under V1 rules and are not affected by the V2 release.
+ V1 and V2 at a Glance
+ Parameter | V1 (legacy accounts) | V2 (current)
+ Evaluation price | $449 | $349
+ Profit target | $14,000 | $14,000
+ Evaluation maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day) | $8,000 (End of Day)
+ Evaluation daily loss limit | None | $4,000
+ Consistency requirement | 40% | 40%
+ Flex drawdown | $6,000 (End of Day) | $8,000 (End of Day)
+ Flex daily loss limit | None | $4,000
+ Flex payout cap | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout
+ Daily drawdown | $5,000 (End of Day) | $6,000 (End of Day)
+ Daily loss limit (funded) | $2,500 | $3,000
+ Daily buffer | $5,100 (balance of $305,100) | $6,100 (balance of $306,100)
+ Maximum payout per day (Daily) | $3,500 | $4,000
+ Funded account allowance | Counts toward your 5 funded accounts | Held on top of your 5 funded accounts, up to 8 sim funded accounts in total
+ Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro | 16 mini / 160 micro
How the 300K Differs from Other Select Sizes
The 300K uses the same evaluation rules and payout policy structure as the 25K to 150K sizes, but the purchase conditions are different. Here are the key differences:
Feature | Select 300K | Select 25K to 150K
Availability | Limited release | Ongoing
Platform | Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts | Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts
Resets | Not available | Up to 10 per evaluation per 30 days
Monthly evaluation limit | Does not count toward the 15 per 30 days | Counts toward the 15 per 30 days
Maximum accounts | 3 per user | Standard funded account limits
Section: How the 300K Differs from Other Select Sizes
+ Funded account allowance | V2: held on top of the standard 5 funded accounts, up to 8 in total. V1: counts toward the 5 | Counts toward the standard 5 funded accounts
Payout policy choice | Flex or Daily, chosen after passing | Flex or Daily, chosen after passing
In summary: the 300K trades under the same rules you already know from Select, but it cannot be reset and is capped at three accounts per user. For the shared Select rules that apply to every size, see Select Evaluation Accounts.
Purchase Requirements
- Limited quantity: The 300K is a limited release. Once the available accounts are sold, the size is removed from the purchase page.
Section: Purchase Requirements
− - Price: $449 for the evaluation. There are no activation fees and no ongoing fees on the funded account.
+ - Price: $349 for the V2 evaluation. V1 evaluations were $449. There are no activation fees and no ongoing fees on the funded account.
- Platform: The 300K size is offered on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. TradingView is supported, as it connects through Tradovate.
- Identity verification: KYC must be completed and approved before your purchase can be finalized.
- Account limit: A maximum of 3 Select 300K accounts per user.
+ - Funded account allowance: V2 300K funded accounts are held on top of the standard 5 funded accounts. With three of them you can hold up to 8 sim funded accounts in total. V1 300K funded accounts count toward the 5.
- Monthly allowance: 300K purchases do not count toward the limit of 15 evaluations per 30-day period.
- Resets: Not available at any stage. A failed evaluation requires a new purchase.
- Refunds: All sales are final, including account purchases and any associated fees.
Evaluation Phase
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency, in the same way as every other Select size.
Section: 300K V2 Evaluation (current)
− 300K Account Evaluation
+ 300K V2 Evaluation (current)
+ Parameter | 300K V2
+ Price | $349
+ Profit target | $14,000
+ Maximum loss limit | $8,000 (End of Day)
+ Daily loss limit | $4,000
+ Consistency requirement | 40%
+ Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
+ 300K V1 Evaluation (legacy accounts)
Parameter | 300K
Price | $449
Profit target | $14,000
Maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency requirement | 40%
Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
− - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
− - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
+ - Daily Loss Limit: V2 evaluations carry a $4,000 daily loss limit. V1 evaluations have no daily loss limit. On both versions your maximum loss limit applies at all times.
+ - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The maximum loss limit is $8,000 on V2 and $6,000 on V1, and it is enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
- Full contract size: You have access to the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit throughout the evaluation. Scaling applies only once you are funded.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchase with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You are allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you will be prompted to choose between two payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you access your profits. Full details of both policies, including worked payout examples, are in Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
− Designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and a wider drawdown.
+ Designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy carries the wider drawdown of the two paths. On V1 it has no daily loss limit; on V2 it carries a $4,000 daily loss limit.
+ 300K V2 Flex (current)
+ Parameter | 300K V2 Flex
+ Maximum drawdown | $8,000
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
+ Daily loss limit | $4,000
+ Consistency rule | None
+ Winning day threshold | $750 minimum profit per day
+ Payout frequency | Every 5 winning days
+ Payout cap | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout
+ Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
+ Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
+ 300K V1 Flex (legacy accounts)
Parameter | 300K Flex
Maximum drawdown | $6,000
Section: 300K V2 Flex (current)
− Drawdown mode | End of Day
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency rule | None
Winning day threshold | $750 minimum profit per day
Payout frequency | Every 5 winning days
Payout cap | Up to 50% of your total profits, capped at $10,000 per payout
Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
Select Daily Payout Policy — 300K
Designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer.
Section: 300K V2 Daily (current)
+ 300K V2 Daily (current)
+ Parameter | 300K V2 Daily
+ Maximum drawdown | $6,000
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
+ Daily loss limit | $3,000
+ Consistency rule | None
+ Buffer | $6,100 (balance of $306,100)
+ Payout frequency | Daily eligibility once above the buffer
+ Maximum payout per day | $4,000
+ New-profit rule | 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout
+ Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
+ Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
+ 300K V1 Daily (legacy accounts)
Parameter | 300K Daily
Maximum drawdown | $5,000
Section: 300K V2 Flex (current)
− Drawdown mode | End of Day
+ Drawdown mode | End of Day (the limit only updates at the close, but is still enforced in real time)
Daily loss limit | $2,500
Consistency rule | None
Buffer | $5,100 (balance of $305,100)
Payout frequency | Daily eligibility once above the buffer
Maximum payout per day | $3,500
New-profit rule | 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout
Starting contracts | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max contracts (scaled) | 16 mini / 160 micro
Profit Split
90% to the trader, 10% to Tradeify, on both paths. This is the same split applied to all Sim Funded accounts.
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Section: Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
− Select 300K funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as the account grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day, meaning your limits update based on your closing balance each trading day. The same plan applies to both the Flex and Daily paths.
+ Select 300K funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as the account grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day, meaning your limits update based on your closing balance each trading day. The same plan applies to both the Flex and Daily paths, and it is identical on V1 and V2.
End of Day profit | Account balance | Maximum contracts
$0 to $1,500 | $300,000 to $301,500 | 3 mini / 30 micro
$1,500 to $3,000 | $301,500 to $303,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro
$3,000 to $5,000 | $303,000 to $305,000 | 6 mini / 60 micro
$5,000 to $7,000 | $305,000 to $307,000 | 10 mini / 100 micro
$7,000 and above | $307,000 and above | 16 mini / 160 micro
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity.
- When your End of Day equity reaches a scaling trigger, your limits increase the following trading day.
- Scaling is cumulative. Once you reach a higher tier you retain those limits even if your balance later drops.
- During the evaluation you have the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit. Scaling applies to funded accounts only.
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent. Once you select Flex or Daily, you cannot change payout policies for that account.
- Both lead to live trading. Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts — see the Tradeify Elite Program.
Section: Important Considerations
− - Drawdown locks at $300,100.
− - On the Daily path this happens once your End of Day balance reaches $305,100.
− - On the Flex path it happens once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100. After locking, your drawdown stops trailing your peak and becomes a fixed floor.
+ - Drawdown locks at $300,100 on both versions. The balance that triggers the lock depends on your version and path.
+ - V2 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
+ - V2 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $308,100.
+ - V1 Daily: once your End of Day balance reaches $305,100.
+ - V1 Flex: once your End of Day balance reaches $306,100.
+ - After locking, your drawdown stops trailing your peak and becomes a fixed floor at $300,100.
- Breaches are final. If your funded account breaches, it is closed and cannot be reinstated. You would need to purchase and pass a new 300K evaluation.
- All Select rules still apply. Trading hours, permitted products, hedging rules, and news trading guidelines are unchanged from the other Select sizes.
Frequently Asked Questions
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: How do I know whether my account is V1 or V2?
+ A: Any 300K account purchased on or after August 27, 2026 is a V2 account. Accounts purchased before that date are V1. Your dashboard shows the parameters that apply to your account, and those parameters do not change for the life of the account.
+ Q: My account is V1. Does the V2 release change my rules?
+ A: No. V1 accounts keep the V1 parameters they were purchased with, including the $6,000 evaluation maximum loss limit and no evaluation daily loss limit. Nothing about your account changes.
+ Q: Can I convert or upgrade a V1 account to V2?
+ A: No. The version is fixed at purchase. If you want to trade under the V2 parameters you would need to purchase a V2 evaluation.
Q: Is the 300K account a limited release?
A: Yes. Only a limited quantity of Select 300K accounts is being released. Once they have all been sold, the 300K size is removed from the purchase page. We have no plans to add further stock at this time.
Q: Which platforms is the 300K account available on?
A: The 300K size is available on Tradovate, Rithmic and WealthCharts. If you want to use TradingView, that connects through Tradovate, so it is supported.
Q: Does the $300K Funded account count toward the 5 funded account limit?
− A: Yes. The $300K Funded account is included in the maximum of 5 funded accounts you can hold at one time.
+ A: It depends on your version. V2 300K funded accounts are held on top of the standard 5 funded accounts, so with three of them you can hold up to 8 sim funded accounts in total. V1 300K funded accounts are included in the maximum of 5.
Q: Why do I have to complete KYC before buying?
A: Identity verification is mandatory before purchase on the 300K account. This is different from the other Select sizes, where verification is completed after you pass and before your funded account is activated. Your 300K purchase cannot be finalized until KYC is approved. See the KYC and AML Policy for what is required.
Q: Can I reset a 300K evaluation?
A: No. Resets are not available on the 300K at any stage. If your evaluation fails you would need to purchase a new one. This is the main structural difference from the smaller Select sizes, which allow up to 10 resets per 30-day period.
Q: Does buying a 300K account use up my monthly Select evaluation allowance?
A: No. Select 300K purchases do not count toward the limit of 15 evaluations per 30-day period.
Q: How many 300K accounts can I have?
A: A maximum of 3 per user.
Q: Can I pass the 300K evaluation in one day?
− A: No. The 40% consistency rule means a minimum of 3 trading days, even if you reach the $14,000 profit target earlier.
+ A: No. The 40% consistency rule means a minimum of 3 trading days, even if you reach the $14,000 profit target earlier. This applies on both versions.
Q: Does the consistency rule apply once I am funded?
A: No. The 40% consistency requirement applies during the evaluation only. It is removed on both the Flex and Daily funded paths.
+ Q: Is the 300K drawdown intraday or end of day?
+ A: Both, in different ways. The drawdown level only updates at the end of the day, so an intraday loss that you recover from does not pull the level up behind you. The level itself is enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately, even if you close the day green. This is the same on V1 and V2 and on both the Flex and Daily paths.
Q: Why do I start with 3 contracts when the account allows 16?
A: All Select funded accounts begin with reduced limits and scale up as the account grows. The full 16 mini / 160 micro limit becomes available once your End of Day profit reaches $7,000.
Q: What is the buffer on the Daily path?
− A: $5,100. You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your balance below $305,100. Profits above that level are eligible for withdrawal, subject to the $3,500 daily cap and the new-profit rule.
+ A: On V2 the buffer is $6,100, so you cannot withdraw profits that would bring your balance below $306,100. On V1 the buffer is $5,100. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, subject to the daily cap for your version ($4,000 on V2, $3,500 on V1) and the new-profit rule.
Q: Can I switch between Flex and Daily after choosing?
A: No. The choice is permanent for that funded account. If you want the other path you would need to pass a separate 300K evaluation and choose the alternative.
Q: Can I hold a 300K account alongside my other Select, Growth, or Lightning accounts?
− A: Yes, subject to the standard funded account limits and the 3-account maximum on the 300K size specifically.
+ A: Yes. On V2 the 300K funded accounts sit on top of your standard funded account limit, up to 8 sim funded accounts in total, and still capped at 3 on the 300K size. On V1 the 300K funded account counts toward the standard limit of 5.
Q: Are there any ongoing fees after I pass?
A: No. Once you pass and activate your funded account there are no ongoing fees and no activation fee.
Getting Started
To purchase a Select 300K account:
- Log into your Tradeify dashboard and check that the 300K size is still in stock
- Complete identity verification if you have not already done so.
- Navigate to the account purchase section and choose Select Evaluation.
- Select the 300K size and the preferred platform.
Section: Getting Started
− - Complete the purchase and start trading immediately.
+ - Complete the purchase and start trading immediately. All new 300K purchases are V2 accounts.
- After passing, choose between Select Flex and Select Daily.
Note: You do not choose your payout policy until after you pass the evaluation. Everyone completes the same evaluation first.
For questions about the Select 300K account or assistance with your account, contact our support team through the chat widget in your dashboard.
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterDaily Loss Limit policy clarified to specify trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- After second cycle: Balance reached $54,000
- Total profits now: $54,000 - $50,000 = $4,000
- Second payout eligibility: 50% of $4,000 = $2,000 (within $3,000 cap)
Key point: The 50% is calculated from your TOTAL profit position (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profit made during the current cycle.
How Select Flex Works
- Trade until you achieve 5 winning days (days where you profit at least the minimum threshold)
- Request a payout of up to 50% of your profits, not exceeding the payout cap
- After receiving your payout, continue trading to build another 5 winning days
- Repeat the process until you reach live trading eligibility
Best For
The 5-Day Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Prefer larger withdrawal amounts less frequently
Section: Best For
− - Want maximum intraday flexibility without Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
After
- After second cycle: Balance reached $54,000
- Total profits now: $54,000 - $50,000 = $4,000
- Second payout eligibility: 50% of $4,000 = $2,000 (within $3,000 cap)
Key point: The 50% is calculated from your TOTAL profit position (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profit made during the current cycle.
How Select Flex Works
- Trade until you achieve 5 winning days (days where you profit at least the minimum threshold)
- Request a payout of up to 50% of your profits, not exceeding the payout cap
- After receiving your payout, continue trading to build another 5 winning days
- Repeat the process until you reach live trading eligibility
Best For
The 5-Day Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Prefer larger withdrawal amounts less frequently
Section: Best For
+ - Want the flexibility of having no Daily Loss Limit (the trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time)
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
- After second cycle: Balance reached $54,000
- Total profits now: $54,000 - $50,000 = $4,000
- Second payout eligibility: 50% of $4,000 = $2,000 (within $3,000 cap)
Key point: The 50% is calculated from your TOTAL profit position (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profit made during the current cycle.
How Select Flex Works
- Trade until you achieve 5 winning days (days where you profit at least the minimum threshold)
- Request a payout of up to 50% of your profits, not exceeding the payout cap
- After receiving your payout, continue trading to build another 5 winning days
- Repeat the process until you reach live trading eligibility
Best For
The 5-Day Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Prefer larger withdrawal amounts less frequently
Section: Best For
− - Want maximum intraday flexibility without Daily Loss Limits
+ - Want the flexibility of having no Daily Loss Limit (the trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time)
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
PremierTradeify · Rules: Trailing Max Drawdowns | Tradeify Help CenterArticle now specifies that drawdown is enforced against net liquidation value in real time, adds intraday dip example, and notes drawdown locks immediately upon payout request.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Max Trailing Drawdown
Section: Max Trailing Drawdown
− Summary: The Max Trailing Drawdown is your account's maximum allowed decline from its highest balance (high water mark). Hitting this limit FAILS your account permanently. Unlike the Daily Loss Limit, there is no recovery from a drawdown breach.
Applies to: All Tradeify accounts (Growth, Select, and Lightning). All accounts use End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown.
Critical Concept: Hard Breach
Section: Critical Concept: Hard Breach
− The Max Trailing Drawdown is a "hard breach" - if your account balance drops to or below your drawdown limit at ANY point, your account fails immediately. This is different from the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) which only pauses trading.
End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown
All Tradeify accounts use EOD Trailing Drawdown. Your drawdown limit only updates at the end of each trading day, not during the day.
How it works:
- Your drawdown limit trails your highest-ever end-of-day balance (the "high water mark") - it only moves up, never down
- If your EOD balance sets a new all-time high, the drawdown limit moves up accordingly
- If your EOD balance is lower than a previous day, the drawdown limit stays where it is - it does NOT recalculate from the lower balance
Example:
- Starting balance: $100,000, Drawdown: $3,500, Limit: $96,500
- Day 1: End with $103,000 → New limit: $99,500
- Day 2: End with $101,000 → Limit stays at $99,500 (only moves up, never down)
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown
− CRITICAL: Even though EOD drawdown only UPDATES at end of day, it is ENFORCED in real-time. If your balance hits the drawdown limit during trading, your account fails immediately - even if you might have recovered by end of day.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
− On Sim Funded accounts (not Evaluations), your drawdown locks in place once you profit beyond the drawdown amount by $100. After locking, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor that never moves up again.
Account Size | Growth | Lightning | Select Flex | Select Daily
25K | $26,100 | $26,100 | $26,100 | $26,100
50K | $52,100 | $52,100 | $52,100 | $52,100
100K | $103,600 | $104,100 | $103,100 | $102,600
150K | $155,100 | $156,100 | $154,600 | $153,600
− The table shows the EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock. Once locked, the drawdown floor becomes fixed at $100 above starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K) and never moves up again.
Example: A 50K Growth account with $2,000 drawdown locks when EOD balance reaches $52,100. The drawdown floor becomes $50,100 and never moves up again. This same mechanism applies to all funded account types including Select Flex and Select Daily.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade aggressively during the day knowing EOD drawdown only updates at end of day?
A: No. While EOD drawdown only UPDATES at end of day, it is ENFORCED in real-time. If your balance hits the current drawdown limit during trading, your account fails immediately.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does drawdown lock on Evaluation accounts?
A: No. Drawdown only locks on Sim Funded accounts. Evaluation accounts do not have drawdown locking.
Q: Can I recover from hitting my drawdown limit?
A: No. Hitting the Max Trailing Drawdown is a hard breach - your account fails permanently. This is different from the Daily Loss Limit which only pauses trading.
Q: How do I check my current drawdown limit?
A: Your current Trailing Max Drawdown is shown directly on your Tradeify dashboard. Look for the "Trailing Max Drawdown" figure on your account - it displays the exact dollar floor your balance cannot fall to or below (for example, $50,100 for a locked 50K account). This figure updates once per day, at the end of each trading day. Every other dashboard metric updates in real-time.
Because the dashboard figure only refreshes at end of day, you can also track your real-time distance to that floor during the trading day inside your platform:
- Tradovate: Open the Accounts widget and add the "Dis Drawdown Net Liq" column
- NinjaTrader: Go to Control Center → Accounts and add the "Trailing Max Drawdown" column
For step-by-step setup instructions with screenshots, see our Drawdown Widget article. Monitor your drawdown closely, especially after profitable days when the limit has moved up.
Q: How does drawdown work on Select accounts?
A: Both Select Flex and Select Daily funded accounts use EOD trailing drawdown with the same locking mechanism as Growth and Lightning accounts. When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, the drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance. For example, a 50K Select account locks when EOD balance reaches $52,100, and the drawdown floor becomes $50,100 permanently.
After
Max Trailing Drawdown
Section: Max Trailing Drawdown
+ Summary: The Max Trailing Drawdown is your account's maximum allowed decline from its highest balance (high water mark). The limit updates at end of day but is enforced in real time against your net liquidation value. Hitting this limit FAILS your account permanently. Unlike the Daily Loss Limit, there is no recovery from a drawdown breach.
Applies to: All Tradeify accounts (Growth, Select, and Lightning). All accounts use End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown.
+ ⚠️ Enforced in real time. Your drawdown limit only UPDATES at the end of each trading day, but it is ENFORCED continuously throughout the day. If your net liquidation value touches the limit at any moment, your account fails immediately - recovering before the close does not undo it.
Critical Concept: Hard Breach
Section: Critical Concept: Hard Breach
+ The Max Trailing Drawdown is a "hard breach" - if your net liquidation value (your balance plus unrealized P&L on any open positions) drops to or below your drawdown limit at ANY point during the trading day, your account fails immediately. An open losing position can breach the floor before you close it. This is different from the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) which only pauses trading.
End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown
All Tradeify accounts use EOD Trailing Drawdown. Your drawdown limit only updates at the end of each trading day, not during the day.
How it works:
- Your drawdown limit trails your highest-ever end-of-day balance (the "high water mark") - it only moves up, never down
- If your EOD balance sets a new all-time high, the drawdown limit moves up accordingly
- If your EOD balance is lower than a previous day, the drawdown limit stays where it is - it does NOT recalculate from the lower balance
Example:
- Starting balance: $100,000, Drawdown: $3,500, Limit: $96,500
- Day 1: End with $103,000 → New limit: $99,500
- Day 2: End with $101,000 → Limit stays at $99,500 (only moves up, never down)
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown
+ CRITICAL: Even though EOD drawdown only UPDATES at end of day, it is ENFORCED in real-time against your net liquidation value (your balance plus unrealized P&L on any open positions). If your net liquidation value hits the drawdown limit during trading, your account fails immediately - even if you might have recovered by end of day.
+ Example - an intraday dip does NOT get undone by recovering:
+ - Starting balance: $25,000, Drawdown: $1,000, Floor: $24,000
+ - 10:15 AM: net liquidation value drops to $22,000 - $22,000 is BELOW the $24,000 floor, so the account FAILS the instant it touched $24,000
+ - Close: recovering to $25,500 changes nothing - the account was already failed and cannot be restored
When Does Drawdown Lock?
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
+ On Sim Funded accounts (not Evaluations), your drawdown locks in place once you profit beyond the drawdown amount by $100, or immediately when you request a payout - whichever comes first. After locking, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor that never moves up again.
Account Size | Growth | Lightning | Select Flex | Select Daily
25K | $26,100 | $26,100 | $26,100 | $26,100
50K | $52,100 | $52,100 | $52,100 | $52,100
100K | $103,600 | $104,100 | $103,100 | $102,600
150K | $155,100 | $156,100 | $154,600 | $153,600
+ The table shows the EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock. The lock can also trigger immediately when you request a payout - whichever comes first. Once locked, the drawdown floor becomes fixed at $100 above starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K) and never moves up again.
Example: A 50K Growth account with $2,000 drawdown locks when EOD balance reaches $52,100. The drawdown floor becomes $50,100 and never moves up again. This same mechanism applies to all funded account types including Select Flex and Select Daily.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade aggressively during the day knowing EOD drawdown only updates at end of day?
A: No. While EOD drawdown only UPDATES at end of day, it is ENFORCED in real-time. If your balance hits the current drawdown limit during trading, your account fails immediately.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: I dipped below my drawdown floor during the day but finished green - is my account still active?
+ A: No. The account failed at the moment your net liquidation value touched the floor. Recovering later in the day does not undo it - a drawdown breach is a hard breach with no recovery. For example, on a 25K account with a $24,000 floor, dropping to $22,000 during the day fails the account immediately, even if you close at $25,500.
Q: Does drawdown lock on Evaluation accounts?
A: No. Drawdown only locks on Sim Funded accounts. Evaluation accounts do not have drawdown locking.
Q: Can I recover from hitting my drawdown limit?
A: No. Hitting the Max Trailing Drawdown is a hard breach - your account fails permanently. This is different from the Daily Loss Limit which only pauses trading.
Q: How do I check my current drawdown limit?
A: Your current Trailing Max Drawdown is shown directly on your Tradeify dashboard. Look for the "Trailing Max Drawdown" figure on your account - it displays the exact dollar floor your balance cannot fall to or below (for example, $50,100 for a locked 50K account). This figure updates once per day, at the end of each trading day. Every other dashboard metric updates in real-time.
Because the dashboard figure only refreshes at end of day, you can also track your real-time distance to that floor during the trading day inside your platform:
- Tradovate: Open the Accounts widget and add the "Dis Drawdown Net Liq" column
- NinjaTrader: Go to Control Center → Accounts and add the "Trailing Max Drawdown" column
For step-by-step setup instructions with screenshots, see our Drawdown Widget article. Monitor your drawdown closely, especially after profitable days when the limit has moved up.
Q: How does drawdown work on Select accounts?
A: Both Select Flex and Select Daily funded accounts use EOD trailing drawdown with the same locking mechanism as Growth and Lightning accounts. When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, the drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance. For example, a 50K Select account locks when EOD balance reaches $52,100, and the drawdown floor becomes $50,100 permanently.
Max Trailing Drawdown
Section: Max Trailing Drawdown
− Summary: The Max Trailing Drawdown is your account's maximum allowed decline from its highest balance (high water mark). Hitting this limit FAILS your account permanently. Unlike the Daily Loss Limit, there is no recovery from a drawdown breach.
+ Summary: The Max Trailing Drawdown is your account's maximum allowed decline from its highest balance (high water mark). The limit updates at end of day but is enforced in real time against your net liquidation value. Hitting this limit FAILS your account permanently. Unlike the Daily Loss Limit, there is no recovery from a drawdown breach.
Applies to: All Tradeify accounts (Growth, Select, and Lightning). All accounts use End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown.
+ ⚠️ Enforced in real time. Your drawdown limit only UPDATES at the end of each trading day, but it is ENFORCED continuously throughout the day. If your net liquidation value touches the limit at any moment, your account fails immediately - recovering before the close does not undo it.
Critical Concept: Hard Breach
Section: Critical Concept: Hard Breach
− The Max Trailing Drawdown is a "hard breach" - if your account balance drops to or below your drawdown limit at ANY point, your account fails immediately. This is different from the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) which only pauses trading.
+ The Max Trailing Drawdown is a "hard breach" - if your net liquidation value (your balance plus unrealized P&L on any open positions) drops to or below your drawdown limit at ANY point during the trading day, your account fails immediately. An open losing position can breach the floor before you close it. This is different from the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) which only pauses trading.
End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown
All Tradeify accounts use EOD Trailing Drawdown. Your drawdown limit only updates at the end of each trading day, not during the day.
How it works:
- Your drawdown limit trails your highest-ever end-of-day balance (the "high water mark") - it only moves up, never down
- If your EOD balance sets a new all-time high, the drawdown limit moves up accordingly
- If your EOD balance is lower than a previous day, the drawdown limit stays where it is - it does NOT recalculate from the lower balance
Example:
- Starting balance: $100,000, Drawdown: $3,500, Limit: $96,500
- Day 1: End with $103,000 → New limit: $99,500
- Day 2: End with $101,000 → Limit stays at $99,500 (only moves up, never down)
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Trailing Drawdown
− CRITICAL: Even though EOD drawdown only UPDATES at end of day, it is ENFORCED in real-time. If your balance hits the drawdown limit during trading, your account fails immediately - even if you might have recovered by end of day.
+ CRITICAL: Even though EOD drawdown only UPDATES at end of day, it is ENFORCED in real-time against your net liquidation value (your balance plus unrealized P&L on any open positions). If your net liquidation value hits the drawdown limit during trading, your account fails immediately - even if you might have recovered by end of day.
+ Example - an intraday dip does NOT get undone by recovering:
+ - Starting balance: $25,000, Drawdown: $1,000, Floor: $24,000
+ - 10:15 AM: net liquidation value drops to $22,000 - $22,000 is BELOW the $24,000 floor, so the account FAILS the instant it touched $24,000
+ - Close: recovering to $25,500 changes nothing - the account was already failed and cannot be restored
When Does Drawdown Lock?
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
− On Sim Funded accounts (not Evaluations), your drawdown locks in place once you profit beyond the drawdown amount by $100. After locking, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor that never moves up again.
+ On Sim Funded accounts (not Evaluations), your drawdown locks in place once you profit beyond the drawdown amount by $100, or immediately when you request a payout - whichever comes first. After locking, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor that never moves up again.
Account Size | Growth | Lightning | Select Flex | Select Daily
25K | $26,100 | $26,100 | $26,100 | $26,100
50K | $52,100 | $52,100 | $52,100 | $52,100
100K | $103,600 | $104,100 | $103,100 | $102,600
150K | $155,100 | $156,100 | $154,600 | $153,600
− The table shows the EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock. Once locked, the drawdown floor becomes fixed at $100 above starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K) and never moves up again.
+ The table shows the EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock. The lock can also trigger immediately when you request a payout - whichever comes first. Once locked, the drawdown floor becomes fixed at $100 above starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K) and never moves up again.
Example: A 50K Growth account with $2,000 drawdown locks when EOD balance reaches $52,100. The drawdown floor becomes $50,100 and never moves up again. This same mechanism applies to all funded account types including Select Flex and Select Daily.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade aggressively during the day knowing EOD drawdown only updates at end of day?
A: No. While EOD drawdown only UPDATES at end of day, it is ENFORCED in real-time. If your balance hits the current drawdown limit during trading, your account fails immediately.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: I dipped below my drawdown floor during the day but finished green - is my account still active?
+ A: No. The account failed at the moment your net liquidation value touched the floor. Recovering later in the day does not undo it - a drawdown breach is a hard breach with no recovery. For example, on a 25K account with a $24,000 floor, dropping to $22,000 during the day fails the account immediately, even if you close at $25,500.
Q: Does drawdown lock on Evaluation accounts?
A: No. Drawdown only locks on Sim Funded accounts. Evaluation accounts do not have drawdown locking.
Q: Can I recover from hitting my drawdown limit?
A: No. Hitting the Max Trailing Drawdown is a hard breach - your account fails permanently. This is different from the Daily Loss Limit which only pauses trading.
Q: How do I check my current drawdown limit?
A: Your current Trailing Max Drawdown is shown directly on your Tradeify dashboard. Look for the "Trailing Max Drawdown" figure on your account - it displays the exact dollar floor your balance cannot fall to or below (for example, $50,100 for a locked 50K account). This figure updates once per day, at the end of each trading day. Every other dashboard metric updates in real-time.
Because the dashboard figure only refreshes at end of day, you can also track your real-time distance to that floor during the trading day inside your platform:
- Tradovate: Open the Accounts widget and add the "Dis Drawdown Net Liq" column
- NinjaTrader: Go to Control Center → Accounts and add the "Trailing Max Drawdown" column
For step-by-step setup instructions with screenshots, see our Drawdown Widget article. Monitor your drawdown closely, especially after profitable days when the limit has moved up.
Q: How does drawdown work on Select accounts?
A: Both Select Flex and Select Daily funded accounts use EOD trailing drawdown with the same locking mechanism as Growth and Lightning accounts. When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, the drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance. For example, a 50K Select account locks when EOD balance reaches $52,100, and the drawdown floor becomes $50,100 permanently.
PremierTradeify · 300K Select Account | Tradeify Help CenterTwo clarifications added: trailing max drawdown floor applies during evaluation, and real-time drawdown enforcement despite end-of-day calculation.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Refunds: All sales are final, including account purchases and any associated fees.
Evaluation Phase
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency, in the same way as every other Select size.
300K Account Evaluation
Parameter | 300K
Price | $449
Profit target | $14,000
Maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency requirement | 40%
Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
− - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade with full intraday flexibility without worrying about daily loss restrictions during your evaluation.
− - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, giving you room to manage intraday volatility.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
- Full contract size: You have access to the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit throughout the evaluation. Scaling applies only once you are funded.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchase with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You are allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you will be prompted to choose between two payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you access your profits. Full details of both policies, including worked payout examples, are in Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
Designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and a wider drawdown.
Parameter | 300K Flex
Maximum drawdown | $6,000
Drawdown mode | End of Day
After
- Refunds: All sales are final, including account purchases and any associated fees.
Evaluation Phase
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency, in the same way as every other Select size.
300K Account Evaluation
Parameter | 300K
Price | $449
Profit target | $14,000
Maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency requirement | 40%
Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
+ - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
+ - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
- Full contract size: You have access to the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit throughout the evaluation. Scaling applies only once you are funded.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchase with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You are allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you will be prompted to choose between two payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you access your profits. Full details of both policies, including worked payout examples, are in Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
Designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and a wider drawdown.
Parameter | 300K Flex
Maximum drawdown | $6,000
Drawdown mode | End of Day
- Refunds: All sales are final, including account purchases and any associated fees.
Evaluation Phase
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency, in the same way as every other Select size.
300K Account Evaluation
Parameter | 300K
Price | $449
Profit target | $14,000
Maximum loss limit | $6,000 (End of Day)
Daily loss limit | None
Consistency requirement | 40%
Maximum contracts | 16 mini / 160 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
− - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade with full intraday flexibility without worrying about daily loss restrictions during your evaluation.
− - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, giving you room to manage intraday volatility.
+ - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
+ - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means a minimum of 3 trading days to pass.
- Full contract size: You have access to the full 16 mini / 160 micro limit throughout the evaluation. Scaling applies only once you are funded.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchase with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You are allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you will be prompted to choose between two payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you access your profits. Full details of both policies, including worked payout examples, are in Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy) — 300K
Designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and a wider drawdown.
Parameter | 300K Flex
Maximum drawdown | $6,000
Drawdown mode | End of Day
PremierTradeify · Lightning Funded Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterClarified that End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown is enforced in real time despite updating only at day's end.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST. Most accounts use the current limits above.
Account Size | Legacy Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 Contracts (150 Micros)
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown
$150k | $3,750 | $6,000
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
− This offers more flexibility during the trading day. Intraday fluctuations won’t affect the drawdown level, allowing you to hold positions with less risk of hitting the drawdown limit due to temporary losses.
For these accounts, we've implemented a progressive Consistency Rule that starts at 20% for your first payout and gradually increases to ensure sustained performance. This graduated approach helps us identify traders committed to long-term success and continuous improvement, rather than those relying on short-term, high-risk strategies. As you advance through multiple payouts, the increasing consistency requirements demonstrate your ability to maintain steady and reliable performance over time.
By maintaining consistent trading habits, traders can better manage risk and achieve sustainable growth—aligning with our goal of fostering a stable and profitable trading environment
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: What is the maximum position size for my 50K Lightning account?
A: For accounts purchased after September 12, 2025: 4 mini contracts OR 40 micro contracts. Legacy accounts purchased before that date have 5 minis / 50 micros.
Q: Can I hold both mini and micro contracts at the same time?
A: Yes. Minis and micros may now be held at the same time, as long as your combined position stays within your contract limit (10 micros = 1 mini). Holding them in opposing directions on the same or a correlated product is still a hedging violation. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products for details.
After
The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST. Most accounts use the current limits above.
Account Size | Legacy Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 Contracts (150 Micros)
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown
$150k | $3,750 | $6,000
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
+ This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
For these accounts, we've implemented a progressive Consistency Rule that starts at 20% for your first payout and gradually increases to ensure sustained performance. This graduated approach helps us identify traders committed to long-term success and continuous improvement, rather than those relying on short-term, high-risk strategies. As you advance through multiple payouts, the increasing consistency requirements demonstrate your ability to maintain steady and reliable performance over time.
By maintaining consistent trading habits, traders can better manage risk and achieve sustainable growth—aligning with our goal of fostering a stable and profitable trading environment
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: What is the maximum position size for my 50K Lightning account?
A: For accounts purchased after September 12, 2025: 4 mini contracts OR 40 micro contracts. Legacy accounts purchased before that date have 5 minis / 50 micros.
Q: Can I hold both mini and micro contracts at the same time?
A: Yes. Minis and micros may now be held at the same time, as long as your combined position stays within your contract limit (10 micros = 1 mini). Holding them in opposing directions on the same or a correlated product is still a hedging violation. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products for details.
The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST. Most accounts use the current limits above.
Account Size | Legacy Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 Contracts (150 Micros)
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown
$150k | $3,750 | $6,000
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
− This offers more flexibility during the trading day. Intraday fluctuations won’t affect the drawdown level, allowing you to hold positions with less risk of hitting the drawdown limit due to temporary losses.
+ This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
For these accounts, we've implemented a progressive Consistency Rule that starts at 20% for your first payout and gradually increases to ensure sustained performance. This graduated approach helps us identify traders committed to long-term success and continuous improvement, rather than those relying on short-term, high-risk strategies. As you advance through multiple payouts, the increasing consistency requirements demonstrate your ability to maintain steady and reliable performance over time.
By maintaining consistent trading habits, traders can better manage risk and achieve sustainable growth—aligning with our goal of fostering a stable and profitable trading environment
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: What is the maximum position size for my 50K Lightning account?
A: For accounts purchased after September 12, 2025: 4 mini contracts OR 40 micro contracts. Legacy accounts purchased before that date have 5 minis / 50 micros.
Q: Can I hold both mini and micro contracts at the same time?
A: Yes. Minis and micros may now be held at the same time, as long as your combined position stays within your contract limit (10 micros = 1 mini). Holding them in opposing directions on the same or a correlated product is still a hedging violation. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products for details.
PremierTradeify · Select Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterNo Daily Loss Limit and End of Day Drawdown rules clarified to emphasize real-time enforcement of trailing max drawdown and immediate failure upon touching limit.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Profit Target: $6,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $3,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 8 mini / 80 micro
150K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $9,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $4,500 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 12 mini / 120 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
− - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade with full intraday flexibility without worrying about daily loss restrictions during your evaluation.
− - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, giving you room to manage intraday volatility.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
- Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
− - Best For: Traders who want maximum intraday flexibility and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
- Payout Caps: Smaller, more frequent ($600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
- Buffer System: Required ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
- Best For: Traders who want consistent daily cash flow and structured risk management
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent - Once selected, you cannot change payout policies for that account
- Both lead to live trading - Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts
- No minimum balance required - Request payouts after 5 winning days regardless of account balance
- Drawdown locks at $100 above starting balance - When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, your drawdown floor locks permanently (e.g., $25,100 for 25K, $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K)
After
- Profit Target: $6,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $3,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 8 mini / 80 micro
150K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $9,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $4,500 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 12 mini / 120 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
+ - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
+ - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
- Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
+ - Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
- Payout Caps: Smaller, more frequent ($600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
- Buffer System: Required ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
- Best For: Traders who want consistent daily cash flow and structured risk management
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent - Once selected, you cannot change payout policies for that account
- Both lead to live trading - Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts
- No minimum balance required - Request payouts after 5 winning days regardless of account balance
- Drawdown locks at $100 above starting balance - When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, your drawdown floor locks permanently (e.g., $25,100 for 25K, $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K)
- Profit Target: $6,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $3,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 8 mini / 80 micro
150K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $9,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $4,500 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 12 mini / 120 micro
Key Evaluation Features
Section: Key Evaluation Features
− - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade with full intraday flexibility without worrying about daily loss restrictions during your evaluation.
− - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, giving you room to manage intraday volatility.
+ - No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
+ - End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
- Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
Section: Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
− - Best For: Traders who want maximum intraday flexibility and larger, less frequent withdrawals
+ - Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
- Payout Caps: Smaller, more frequent ($600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: Yes ($500 / $1,000 / $1,250 / $1,750)
- Buffer System: Required ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
- Best For: Traders who want consistent daily cash flow and structured risk management
Important Considerations
- Your choice is permanent - Once selected, you cannot change payout policies for that account
- Both lead to live trading - Either policy provides a path to Tradeify Elite Live accounts
- No minimum balance required - Request payouts after 5 winning days regardless of account balance
- Drawdown locks at $100 above starting balance - When your EOD balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100, your drawdown floor locks permanently (e.g., $25,100 for 25K, $50,100 for 50K, $100,100 for 100K, $150,100 for 150K)
PremierTradeify · GROWTH™ Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterGrowth Evaluation accounts' intraday drawdown enforcement clarified: real-time enforcement with end-of-day calculation, plus one other change.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros)
$50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
Account Size | Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros)
The Growth Evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
Section: Growth Evaluation Rules
− The Growth Evaluation accounts offers more flexibility during the trading day, as intraday fluctuations won’t affect the drawdown level. This allows you to hold positions with less risk of hitting the drawdown limit due to temporary losses.
There is no activation fee for Growth Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
Growth Evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
- There is no time activation fee.
- If you pass an Evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily Activation Limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 Growth Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded active accounts at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for the Growth Sim Funded account click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does Growth Evaluation have a consistency rule?
After
Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros)
$50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
Account Size | Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros)
The Growth Evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
Section: Growth Evaluation Rules
+ The Growth Evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, as intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for Growth Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
Growth Evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
- There is no time activation fee.
- If you pass an Evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily Activation Limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 Growth Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded active accounts at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for the Growth Sim Funded account click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does Growth Evaluation have a consistency rule?
Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros)
$50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
Account Size | Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros)
The Growth Evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
Section: Growth Evaluation Rules
− The Growth Evaluation accounts offers more flexibility during the trading day, as intraday fluctuations won’t affect the drawdown level. This allows you to hold positions with less risk of hitting the drawdown limit due to temporary losses.
+ The Growth Evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, as intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for Growth Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
Growth Evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
- There is no time activation fee.
- If you pass an Evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily Activation Limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 Growth Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded active accounts at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for the Growth Sim Funded account click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does Growth Evaluation have a consistency rule?
PremierTradeify · SELECT vs Growth: Choosing Your Evaluation Type | Tradeify Help CenterSELECT's daily loss limit mechanism clarified: no daily limit exists, but trailing max drawdown floor applies in real time with immediate failure on touch.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Quick Comparison Table
Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation
Minimum Days to Pass | 3 days | 1 day
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% | None
Daily Loss Limit | None | Yes (soft breach)
Payout Policy | Choose after passing (Flex or Daily) | Fixed
Drawdown Type | End of Day Trailing | End of Day Trailing
Account Sizes | $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K | $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K
Time Limit | None | None
Path to Elite Live | Yes | Yes
When to Choose SELECT Evaluation
SELECT is best for traders who:
Section: When to Choose SELECT Evaluation
− - Want maximum intraday flexibility - No daily loss limit means you can have larger drawdowns during the day without penalty, as long as you finish above your trailing drawdown by end of day.
- Prefer to choose their payout policy - After passing, you select between Flex (5-Day with larger caps) or Daily (smaller, more frequent payouts). This choice is unique to SELECT.
- Trade consistently across multiple days - The 40% consistency rule means no single day can be more than 40% of your total profit, encouraging steady performance.
- Are patient and can wait 3+ trading days - SELECT requires at least 3 trading days due to the consistency requirement.
When to Choose Growth Evaluation
Growth is best for traders who:
- Want to get funded as fast as possible - Growth can be passed in just 1 trading day if you hit the profit target. This is the fastest evaluation option.
- Are experienced and confident - If you can consistently hit profit targets without exceeding daily loss limits, Growth rewards speed.
- Trade with controlled risk - The daily loss limit (soft breach) helps prevent catastrophic losing days and can actually help some traders stay disciplined.
- Don't need to choose a payout policy - Growth has a fixed payout structure, which is simpler if you don't want to make that decision.
The Key Differences Explained
1. Daily Loss Limit
Section: 1. Daily Loss Limit
− SELECT: Has NO daily loss limit during evaluation. You can have large intraday swings as long as your end-of-day balance stays above the trailing drawdown.
Growth: HAS a daily loss limit (soft breach). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account isn't failed. Limits are $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K).
2. Consistency Rule
SELECT: Has a 40% consistency requirement. No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means you need at least 3 profitable days to pass.
Growth: Has NO consistency requirement. You can make 100% of your profit in a single day and still pass, which is why you can complete Growth in just 1 trading day.
3. Payout Policy Choice
SELECT: After passing, you CHOOSE between two payout policies: Flex (5-Day payouts with larger caps) or Daily (smaller, more frequent payouts). This choice is permanent for that account.
Growth: Has a FIXED payout policy. You don't get to choose - the payout structure is predetermined for all Growth accounts.
Profit Targets Comparison
Account Size | SELECT Profit Target | Growth Profit Target
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,500
$50,000 | $3,000 | $3,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $6,000
After
Quick Comparison Table
Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation
Minimum Days to Pass | 3 days | 1 day
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% | None
Daily Loss Limit | None | Yes (soft breach)
Payout Policy | Choose after passing (Flex or Daily) | Fixed
Drawdown Type | End of Day Trailing | End of Day Trailing
Account Sizes | $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K | $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K
Time Limit | None | None
Path to Elite Live | Yes | Yes
When to Choose SELECT Evaluation
SELECT is best for traders who:
Section: When to Choose SELECT Evaluation
+ - Want flexibility from having no daily loss limit - SELECT has no daily loss limit, so a large losing day never pauses your account. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time - touching it at any moment during the day fails the account immediately.
- Prefer to choose their payout policy - After passing, you select between Flex (5-Day with larger caps) or Daily (smaller, more frequent payouts). This choice is unique to SELECT.
- Trade consistently across multiple days - The 40% consistency rule means no single day can be more than 40% of your total profit, encouraging steady performance.
- Are patient and can wait 3+ trading days - SELECT requires at least 3 trading days due to the consistency requirement.
When to Choose Growth Evaluation
Growth is best for traders who:
- Want to get funded as fast as possible - Growth can be passed in just 1 trading day if you hit the profit target. This is the fastest evaluation option.
- Are experienced and confident - If you can consistently hit profit targets without exceeding daily loss limits, Growth rewards speed.
- Trade with controlled risk - The daily loss limit (soft breach) helps prevent catastrophic losing days and can actually help some traders stay disciplined.
- Don't need to choose a payout policy - Growth has a fixed payout structure, which is simpler if you don't want to make that decision.
The Key Differences Explained
1. Daily Loss Limit
Section: 1. Daily Loss Limit
+ SELECT: Has NO daily loss limit during evaluation, so a large losing day never pauses your account. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time - if your net liquidation value touches it at any point during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
Growth: HAS a daily loss limit (soft breach). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account isn't failed. Limits are $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K).
2. Consistency Rule
SELECT: Has a 40% consistency requirement. No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means you need at least 3 profitable days to pass.
Growth: Has NO consistency requirement. You can make 100% of your profit in a single day and still pass, which is why you can complete Growth in just 1 trading day.
3. Payout Policy Choice
SELECT: After passing, you CHOOSE between two payout policies: Flex (5-Day payouts with larger caps) or Daily (smaller, more frequent payouts). This choice is permanent for that account.
Growth: Has a FIXED payout policy. You don't get to choose - the payout structure is predetermined for all Growth accounts.
Profit Targets Comparison
Account Size | SELECT Profit Target | Growth Profit Target
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,500
$50,000 | $3,000 | $3,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $6,000
Quick Comparison Table
Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation
Minimum Days to Pass | 3 days | 1 day
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% | None
Daily Loss Limit | None | Yes (soft breach)
Payout Policy | Choose after passing (Flex or Daily) | Fixed
Drawdown Type | End of Day Trailing | End of Day Trailing
Account Sizes | $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K | $25K, $50K, $100K, $150K
Time Limit | None | None
Path to Elite Live | Yes | Yes
When to Choose SELECT Evaluation
SELECT is best for traders who:
Section: When to Choose SELECT Evaluation
− - Want maximum intraday flexibility - No daily loss limit means you can have larger drawdowns during the day without penalty, as long as you finish above your trailing drawdown by end of day.
+ - Want flexibility from having no daily loss limit - SELECT has no daily loss limit, so a large losing day never pauses your account. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time - touching it at any moment during the day fails the account immediately.
- Prefer to choose their payout policy - After passing, you select between Flex (5-Day with larger caps) or Daily (smaller, more frequent payouts). This choice is unique to SELECT.
- Trade consistently across multiple days - The 40% consistency rule means no single day can be more than 40% of your total profit, encouraging steady performance.
- Are patient and can wait 3+ trading days - SELECT requires at least 3 trading days due to the consistency requirement.
When to Choose Growth Evaluation
Growth is best for traders who:
- Want to get funded as fast as possible - Growth can be passed in just 1 trading day if you hit the profit target. This is the fastest evaluation option.
- Are experienced and confident - If you can consistently hit profit targets without exceeding daily loss limits, Growth rewards speed.
- Trade with controlled risk - The daily loss limit (soft breach) helps prevent catastrophic losing days and can actually help some traders stay disciplined.
- Don't need to choose a payout policy - Growth has a fixed payout structure, which is simpler if you don't want to make that decision.
The Key Differences Explained
1. Daily Loss Limit
Section: 1. Daily Loss Limit
− SELECT: Has NO daily loss limit during evaluation. You can have large intraday swings as long as your end-of-day balance stays above the trailing drawdown.
+ SELECT: Has NO daily loss limit during evaluation, so a large losing day never pauses your account. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies in real time - if your net liquidation value touches it at any point during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
Growth: HAS a daily loss limit (soft breach). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account isn't failed. Limits are $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K).
2. Consistency Rule
SELECT: Has a 40% consistency requirement. No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This means you need at least 3 profitable days to pass.
Growth: Has NO consistency requirement. You can make 100% of your profit in a single day and still pass, which is why you can complete Growth in just 1 trading day.
3. Payout Policy Choice
SELECT: After passing, you CHOOSE between two payout policies: Flex (5-Day payouts with larger caps) or Daily (smaller, more frequent payouts). This choice is permanent for that account.
Growth: Has a FIXED payout policy. You don't get to choose - the payout structure is predetermined for all Growth accounts.
Profit Targets Comparison
Account Size | SELECT Profit Target | Growth Profit Target
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,500
$50,000 | $3,000 | $3,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $6,000
PremierTradeify · Essential Trading Rules Overview | Tradeify Help CenterTrailing drawdown definition clarified: trails highest end-of-day balance only, enforced real-time against net liquidation value, with example revised.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Core Trading Rules by Account Type:
Evaluation Accounts (Growth and Select)
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Evaluation: No daily loss limit
- Growth Evaluation: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Drawdown Protection Types
What is a Trailing Drawdown? Understanding a trailing drawdown involves knowing it as a dynamic loss limit mechanism. It calculates maximum allowable losses "trailing" or adjusting with your account's peak value, integrating into Tradeify's risk management strategy.
Section: Drawdown Protection Types
− A trailing drawdown is your account's maximum permissible loss limit that adjusts dynamically with the peak Net Liquidation Value (NetLiq) during a session. It follows both realized and unrealized gains, effectively securing profits as your trades succeed. Breaching this limit even momentarily results in account failure, reinforcing disciplined trading practices.
All Evaluation Accounts - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
− - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses won't affect your drawdown limit
− - Example: A Growth account ending the day with $52,000 and a $2,000 trailing drawdown will have the next day's threshold locked at $50,100 if it finishes profitable.
Simulated Funded Accounts
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Flex: No daily loss limit
- Select Daily: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,000 for $50k, $1,250 for $100k, $1,750 for $150k)
- Growth Accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
- Lightning accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
- Note: 25k Lightning funded does not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
Drawdown Types:
All Funded Accounts (Select, Growth, Lightning) - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
− - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses won't affect your drawdown limit
Lightning Funded Specifics:
- Lightning accounts only apply the EOD trailing drawdown, ensuring threshold adjustments align strictly with end-of-day balances.
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
After
Core Trading Rules by Account Type:
Evaluation Accounts (Growth and Select)
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Evaluation: No daily loss limit
- Growth Evaluation: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Drawdown Protection Types
What is a Trailing Drawdown? Understanding a trailing drawdown involves knowing it as a dynamic loss limit mechanism. It calculates maximum allowable losses "trailing" or adjusting with your account's peak value, integrating into Tradeify's risk management strategy.
Section: Drawdown Protection Types
+ A trailing drawdown is your account's maximum permissible loss limit. The limit trails your highest end-of-day balance (the high water mark) and only moves up, never down. It is enforced in real time against your net liquidation value, which includes unrealized P&L on open positions - breaching this limit even momentarily results in account failure, reinforcing disciplined trading practices.
All Evaluation Accounts - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
+ - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
+ - Example: A Growth account with a $2,000 trailing drawdown locks its floor at $50,100 once its end-of-day balance reaches $52,100.
Simulated Funded Accounts
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Flex: No daily loss limit
- Select Daily: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,000 for $50k, $1,250 for $100k, $1,750 for $150k)
- Growth Accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
- Lightning accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
- Note: 25k Lightning funded does not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
Drawdown Types:
All Funded Accounts (Select, Growth, Lightning) - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
+ - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Lightning Funded Specifics:
- Lightning accounts only apply the EOD trailing drawdown, ensuring threshold adjustments align strictly with end-of-day balances.
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
Core Trading Rules by Account Type:
Evaluation Accounts (Growth and Select)
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Evaluation: No daily loss limit
- Growth Evaluation: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
Drawdown Protection Types
What is a Trailing Drawdown? Understanding a trailing drawdown involves knowing it as a dynamic loss limit mechanism. It calculates maximum allowable losses "trailing" or adjusting with your account's peak value, integrating into Tradeify's risk management strategy.
Section: Drawdown Protection Types
− A trailing drawdown is your account's maximum permissible loss limit that adjusts dynamically with the peak Net Liquidation Value (NetLiq) during a session. It follows both realized and unrealized gains, effectively securing profits as your trades succeed. Breaching this limit even momentarily results in account failure, reinforcing disciplined trading practices.
+ A trailing drawdown is your account's maximum permissible loss limit. The limit trails your highest end-of-day balance (the high water mark) and only moves up, never down. It is enforced in real time against your net liquidation value, which includes unrealized P&L on open positions - breaching this limit even momentarily results in account failure, reinforcing disciplined trading practices.
All Evaluation Accounts - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
− - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses won't affect your drawdown limit
− - Example: A Growth account ending the day with $52,000 and a $2,000 trailing drawdown will have the next day's threshold locked at $50,100 if it finishes profitable.
+ - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
+ - Example: A Growth account with a $2,000 trailing drawdown locks its floor at $50,100 once its end-of-day balance reaches $52,100.
Simulated Funded Accounts
Daily Loss Limits
- Select Flex: No daily loss limit
- Select Daily: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,000 for $50k, $1,250 for $100k, $1,750 for $150k)
- Growth Accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
- Lightning accounts: Daily loss limit varies by account size ($1,250 for $50k, $2,500 for $100k, $3,750 for $150k)
- Note: 25k Lightning funded does not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
Drawdown Types:
All Funded Accounts (Select, Growth, Lightning) - End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown:
- Recalculates only at market close based on your final daily balance
- Only locks in drawdown improvements when you end the day profitable
− - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses won't affect your drawdown limit
+ - Provides flexibility during the trading day - temporary intraday losses do not move your drawdown limit. The limit itself is still enforced in real time, and touching it fails the account immediately
Lightning Funded Specifics:
- Lightning accounts only apply the EOD trailing drawdown, ensuring threshold adjustments align strictly with end-of-day balances.
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
PremierTradeify · Which Plan is Right for You? | Tradeify Help CenterEnd of Day trailing drawdown description clarified to explain limit updates at day-end but real-time enforcement, with 2 other wording changes.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
No Daily Loss Limit | Daily Loss Limit | Daily Loss Limit
Can purchase a reset if failed | Can purchase a reset if failed | No resets - replacement only
You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | Immediate funding - skip the evaluation stage
Detailed Account Breakdown
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
Section: SELECT Evaluation
− - End of Day trailing drawdown (more intraday flexibility)
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
- Tier 1 news trading allowed
- $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Immediate access to funded account
- Skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Daily loss limits apply
- Profit Goals to achieve payouts
- Progressive consistency required for payouts: 20% (first payout) → 25% (second) → 30% (third+)
Drawdown Types for Each Account Type Explained
SELECT Evaluation Features
How it works: Unified evaluation with End of Day drawdown and no daily loss limits, giving you flexibility to choose your funded strategy after passing.
Advantages:
- No activation fees - start immediately after purchasing
Section: SELECT Evaluation Features
− - End of Day drawdown provides intraday trading flexibility
- Choose your payout policy after proving your skills (5-Day Flex or Daily)
- 40% consistency requirement builds sustainable trading habits
- Funded in 3 days after passing
Considerations:
- One-time purchase cost ($95-$215)
- 40% consistency requirement during evaluation
- Your payout policy choice is permanent once selected
End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
How it works: Your drawdown limit adjusts only at the end of the trading day based on your highest balance.
Advantages:
- Greater flexibility during trading hours
Section: End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
− - Temporary intraday losses don't affect drawdown limit
- Growth: No activation fee
Considerations:
- Daily loss limits apply
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
Which to Choose?
Choose SELECT if you:
- Want a unified evaluation without choosing payout strategy upfront
- Prefer no activation fees
- Value End of Day drawdown for more intraday flexibility
- Want to decide on your payout approach after proving your skills
- Appreciate the 40% consistency requirement for building stable habits
After
No Daily Loss Limit | Daily Loss Limit | Daily Loss Limit
Can purchase a reset if failed | Can purchase a reset if failed | No resets - replacement only
You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | Immediate funding - skip the evaluation stage
Detailed Account Breakdown
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
Section: SELECT Evaluation
+ - End of Day trailing drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
- Tier 1 news trading allowed
- $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Immediate access to funded account
- Skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Daily loss limits apply
- Profit Goals to achieve payouts
- Progressive consistency required for payouts: 20% (first payout) → 25% (second) → 30% (third+)
Drawdown Types for Each Account Type Explained
SELECT Evaluation Features
How it works: Unified evaluation with End of Day drawdown and no daily loss limits, giving you flexibility to choose your funded strategy after passing.
Advantages:
- No activation fees - start immediately after purchasing
Section: SELECT Evaluation Features
+ - End of Day drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- Choose your payout policy after proving your skills (5-Day Flex or Daily)
- 40% consistency requirement builds sustainable trading habits
- Funded in 3 days after passing
Considerations:
- One-time purchase cost ($95-$215)
- 40% consistency requirement during evaluation
- Your payout policy choice is permanent once selected
End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
How it works: Your drawdown limit adjusts only at the end of the trading day based on your highest balance.
Advantages:
- Greater flexibility during trading hours
Section: End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
+ - Temporary intraday losses do not move the drawdown limit (the limit is still enforced in real time)
- Growth: No activation fee
Considerations:
- Daily loss limits apply
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
Which to Choose?
Choose SELECT if you:
- Want a unified evaluation without choosing payout strategy upfront
- Prefer no activation fees
- Value End of Day drawdown for more intraday flexibility
- Want to decide on your payout approach after proving your skills
- Appreciate the 40% consistency requirement for building stable habits
No Daily Loss Limit | Daily Loss Limit | Daily Loss Limit
Can purchase a reset if failed | Can purchase a reset if failed | No resets - replacement only
You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | You need to pass an evaluation before getting to funded stage | Immediate funding - skip the evaluation stage
Detailed Account Breakdown
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
Section: SELECT Evaluation
− - End of Day trailing drawdown (more intraday flexibility)
+ - End of Day trailing drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
- Tier 1 news trading allowed
- $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Immediate access to funded account
- Skip the evaluation phase entirely
- Daily loss limits apply
- Profit Goals to achieve payouts
- Progressive consistency required for payouts: 20% (first payout) → 25% (second) → 30% (third+)
Drawdown Types for Each Account Type Explained
SELECT Evaluation Features
How it works: Unified evaluation with End of Day drawdown and no daily loss limits, giving you flexibility to choose your funded strategy after passing.
Advantages:
- No activation fees - start immediately after purchasing
Section: SELECT Evaluation Features
− - End of Day drawdown provides intraday trading flexibility
+ - End of Day drawdown - the limit only updates at the end of the day, but is still enforced in real time
- Choose your payout policy after proving your skills (5-Day Flex or Daily)
- 40% consistency requirement builds sustainable trading habits
- Funded in 3 days after passing
Considerations:
- One-time purchase cost ($95-$215)
- 40% consistency requirement during evaluation
- Your payout policy choice is permanent once selected
End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
How it works: Your drawdown limit adjusts only at the end of the trading day based on your highest balance.
Advantages:
- Greater flexibility during trading hours
Section: End-of-Day Trailing Drawdown (SELECT, Growth & Lightning Funded)
− - Temporary intraday losses don't affect drawdown limit
+ - Temporary intraday losses do not move the drawdown limit (the limit is still enforced in real time)
- Growth: No activation fee
Considerations:
- Daily loss limits apply
- Growth: Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL)
- Lightning Funded: If you fail the account, you need to replace it with a new one
Which to Choose?
Choose SELECT if you:
- Want a unified evaluation without choosing payout strategy upfront
- Prefer no activation fees
- Value End of Day drawdown for more intraday flexibility
- Want to decide on your payout approach after proving your skills
- Appreciate the 40% consistency requirement for building stable habits
PremierTradeify · Select Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved specific $1,050/day example and replaced with generalized formula; changed example numbers from $1,050 to $1,000 daily profit.Aug 26
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Q: Do I need to pass the SELECT Evaluation again if I fail my funded account?
A: Yes, for SELECT accounts, if your funded account breaches (hits the drawdown limit), you must start over with a new SELECT Evaluation purchase. This is the same for all evaluation types including Growth.
Q: Can I have some SELECT accounts on Flex and others on Daily payout?
A: Yes, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies (Flex or Daily) for each funded account, up to your maximum of 5 funded accounts total. This flexibility is unique to SELECT - Growth accounts have a fixed payout policy.
Q: Does the consistency rule apply to SELECT funded accounts?
A: No, for SELECT accounts, the 40% consistency requirement only applies during the evaluation phase. Once you pass and move to a funded account, the consistency rule is removed regardless of which payout policy (Flex or Daily) you choose. Note: Growth Evaluation does NOT have a consistency rule at any stage.
Q: Does SELECT Evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: No, SELECT Evaluation does NOT have a daily loss limit during the evaluation phase. This is a key difference from Growth Evaluation, which DOES have a daily loss limit (soft breach). With SELECT, your only risk limit during evaluation is the End of Day trailing drawdown.
Q: Can I pass SELECT Evaluation in one day like Growth?
A: No, SELECT Evaluation requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to the 40% consistency rule (no single day can represent more than 40% of your total profit). This differs from Growth Evaluation, which has no consistency rule and can be passed in as few as 1 trading day.
Q: What's the difference between SELECT and Growth Evaluation?
A: The main differences are: (1) SELECT requires 3+ days to pass due to consistency rules, while Growth can pass in 1 day. (2) SELECT has NO daily loss limit during evaluation, while Growth DOES have a daily loss limit. (3) SELECT lets you choose your payout policy (Flex or Daily) AFTER passing, while Growth has a fixed payout policy. See the comparison table at the top of this article for a full breakdown.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Q: How much profit can I make per day on SELECT Evaluation? Can I make $1,050/day?
− A: Yes, you can make $1,050 per day (or any amount) on your SELECT Evaluation - the consistency rule does NOT limit how much you can profit on any day. However, SELECT requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to the 40% consistency rule.
− For SELECT 50K, the profit target is $3,000. No single day can exceed 40% of your total profit.
− Example with $900/day:
− - Day 1: +$1,050
− - Day 2: +$1,050
− - Day 3: +$1,050
− - Total: $3,150 (exceeds $3,000 target)
− - Each day = 33% of total ($1,050 ÷ $3,150), which is under the 40% limit
Key Point: You need at least 3 trading days to pass SELECT Evaluation - you cannot pass in 1-2 days even if you hit the profit target early. This is the main difference from Growth Evaluation, which can be passed in as few as 1 day.
Getting Started
To purchase a Tradeify Select evaluation:
- Log into your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the account purchase section
- Select 'Select Evaluation'
- Choose your account size (25K, 50K, 100K, or 150K)
- Complete the purchase and start trading immediately
- After passing, you'll choose between Select Flex or Select Daily
Note: You do NOT choose your payout policy until after you pass the evaluation. Everyone completes the same evaluation first.
For questions about the Select plan or assistance with your account, contact our support team through the chat widget in your dashboard.
After
Q: Do I need to pass the SELECT Evaluation again if I fail my funded account?
A: Yes, for SELECT accounts, if your funded account breaches (hits the drawdown limit), you must start over with a new SELECT Evaluation purchase. This is the same for all evaluation types including Growth.
Q: Can I have some SELECT accounts on Flex and others on Daily payout?
A: Yes, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies (Flex or Daily) for each funded account, up to your maximum of 5 funded accounts total. This flexibility is unique to SELECT - Growth accounts have a fixed payout policy.
Q: Does the consistency rule apply to SELECT funded accounts?
A: No, for SELECT accounts, the 40% consistency requirement only applies during the evaluation phase. Once you pass and move to a funded account, the consistency rule is removed regardless of which payout policy (Flex or Daily) you choose. Note: Growth Evaluation does NOT have a consistency rule at any stage.
Q: Does SELECT Evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: No, SELECT Evaluation does NOT have a daily loss limit during the evaluation phase. This is a key difference from Growth Evaluation, which DOES have a daily loss limit (soft breach). With SELECT, your only risk limit during evaluation is the End of Day trailing drawdown.
Q: Can I pass SELECT Evaluation in one day like Growth?
A: No, SELECT Evaluation requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to the 40% consistency rule (no single day can represent more than 40% of your total profit). This differs from Growth Evaluation, which has no consistency rule and can be passed in as few as 1 trading day.
Q: What's the difference between SELECT and Growth Evaluation?
A: The main differences are: (1) SELECT requires 3+ days to pass due to consistency rules, while Growth can pass in 1 day. (2) SELECT has NO daily loss limit during evaluation, while Growth DOES have a daily loss limit. (3) SELECT lets you choose your payout policy (Flex or Daily) AFTER passing, while Growth has a fixed payout policy. See the comparison table at the top of this article for a full breakdown.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: How much profit can I make per day on SELECT Evaluation?
+ A: Any amount. The consistency rule does NOT cap how much you can profit on a single day. It only affects when you can pass: no single day can be more than 40% of your total profit. That is why SELECT requires a minimum of 3 trading days.
+ For SELECT 50K, the profit target is $3,000. No single day can exceed 40% of your total profit. To work out the total profit a big day requires, divide it by 0.40 - a $1,300 day needs $3,250 in total profit ($1,300 ÷ 0.40). A day at exactly 40% of your total meets the rule, and anything larger is still allowed - it just needs more total profit from your other days.
+ Example (SELECT 50K, $3,000 target):
+ - Day 1: +$1,000
+ - Day 2: +$1,000
+ - Day 3: +$1,000
+ - Total: $3,000 (target met)
+ - Biggest day = 33.3% of total ($1,000 ÷ $3,000), which is under the 40% limit
Key Point: You need at least 3 trading days to pass SELECT Evaluation - you cannot pass in 1-2 days even if you hit the profit target early. This is the main difference from Growth Evaluation, which can be passed in as few as 1 day.
Getting Started
To purchase a Tradeify Select evaluation:
- Log into your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the account purchase section
- Select 'Select Evaluation'
- Choose your account size (25K, 50K, 100K, or 150K)
- Complete the purchase and start trading immediately
- After passing, you'll choose between Select Flex or Select Daily
Note: You do NOT choose your payout policy until after you pass the evaluation. Everyone completes the same evaluation first.
For questions about the Select plan or assistance with your account, contact our support team through the chat widget in your dashboard.
Q: Do I need to pass the SELECT Evaluation again if I fail my funded account?
A: Yes, for SELECT accounts, if your funded account breaches (hits the drawdown limit), you must start over with a new SELECT Evaluation purchase. This is the same for all evaluation types including Growth.
Q: Can I have some SELECT accounts on Flex and others on Daily payout?
A: Yes, for SELECT Evaluation accounts, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies (Flex or Daily) for each funded account, up to your maximum of 5 funded accounts total. This flexibility is unique to SELECT - Growth accounts have a fixed payout policy.
Q: Does the consistency rule apply to SELECT funded accounts?
A: No, for SELECT accounts, the 40% consistency requirement only applies during the evaluation phase. Once you pass and move to a funded account, the consistency rule is removed regardless of which payout policy (Flex or Daily) you choose. Note: Growth Evaluation does NOT have a consistency rule at any stage.
Q: Does SELECT Evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: No, SELECT Evaluation does NOT have a daily loss limit during the evaluation phase. This is a key difference from Growth Evaluation, which DOES have a daily loss limit (soft breach). With SELECT, your only risk limit during evaluation is the End of Day trailing drawdown.
Q: Can I pass SELECT Evaluation in one day like Growth?
A: No, SELECT Evaluation requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to the 40% consistency rule (no single day can represent more than 40% of your total profit). This differs from Growth Evaluation, which has no consistency rule and can be passed in as few as 1 trading day.
Q: What's the difference between SELECT and Growth Evaluation?
A: The main differences are: (1) SELECT requires 3+ days to pass due to consistency rules, while Growth can pass in 1 day. (2) SELECT has NO daily loss limit during evaluation, while Growth DOES have a daily loss limit. (3) SELECT lets you choose your payout policy (Flex or Daily) AFTER passing, while Growth has a fixed payout policy. See the comparison table at the top of this article for a full breakdown.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Q: How much profit can I make per day on SELECT Evaluation? Can I make $1,050/day?
− A: Yes, you can make $1,050 per day (or any amount) on your SELECT Evaluation - the consistency rule does NOT limit how much you can profit on any day. However, SELECT requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to the 40% consistency rule.
− For SELECT 50K, the profit target is $3,000. No single day can exceed 40% of your total profit.
− Example with $900/day:
− - Day 1: +$1,050
− - Day 2: +$1,050
− - Day 3: +$1,050
− - Total: $3,150 (exceeds $3,000 target)
− - Each day = 33% of total ($1,050 ÷ $3,150), which is under the 40% limit
+ Q: How much profit can I make per day on SELECT Evaluation?
+ A: Any amount. The consistency rule does NOT cap how much you can profit on a single day. It only affects when you can pass: no single day can be more than 40% of your total profit. That is why SELECT requires a minimum of 3 trading days.
+ For SELECT 50K, the profit target is $3,000. No single day can exceed 40% of your total profit. To work out the total profit a big day requires, divide it by 0.40 - a $1,300 day needs $3,250 in total profit ($1,300 ÷ 0.40). A day at exactly 40% of your total meets the rule, and anything larger is still allowed - it just needs more total profit from your other days.
+ Example (SELECT 50K, $3,000 target):
+ - Day 1: +$1,000
+ - Day 2: +$1,000
+ - Day 3: +$1,000
+ - Total: $3,000 (target met)
+ - Biggest day = 33.3% of total ($1,000 ÷ $3,000), which is under the 40% limit
Key Point: You need at least 3 trading days to pass SELECT Evaluation - you cannot pass in 1-2 days even if you hit the profit target early. This is the main difference from Growth Evaluation, which can be passed in as few as 1 day.
Getting Started
To purchase a Tradeify Select evaluation:
- Log into your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the account purchase section
- Select 'Select Evaluation'
- Choose your account size (25K, 50K, 100K, or 150K)
- Complete the purchase and start trading immediately
- After passing, you'll choose between Select Flex or Select Daily
Note: You do NOT choose your payout policy until after you pass the evaluation. Everyone completes the same evaluation first.
For questions about the Select plan or assistance with your account, contact our support team through the chat widget in your dashboard.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Daily Loss Limit | Tradeify Help CenterLightning DLL for 25K accounts changed from $600 to N/A.Aug 25
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Daily Loss Limit is a "soft breach" - it pauses trading for the day but does NOT fail your account:
- When your daily losses reach the DLL, trading is paused
- You can resume trading the NEXT market session (after 6:00 PM ET)
- Your account remains active as long as you haven't hit the Max Trailing Drawdown
DLL vs Max Trailing Drawdown
These are two separate risk limits that work differently:
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL): Resets each trading day. Hitting it pauses trading until next session. Soft breach - account stays active.
- Max Trailing Drawdown: Tracks your highest balance. Hitting it FAILS your account permanently. Hard breach.
Important: If your Max Trailing Drawdown is closer than your DLL, you could hit the drawdown first and fail your account before the DLL triggers.
Initial DLL Amounts
When you start a Growth, Lightning, or Select Daily Funded account, your DLL is:
Account Size | Lightning DLL | Growth | Select Daily DLL
Section: Initial DLL Amounts
− 25K | $600 | $600 | $500
50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
After
The Daily Loss Limit is a "soft breach" - it pauses trading for the day but does NOT fail your account:
- When your daily losses reach the DLL, trading is paused
- You can resume trading the NEXT market session (after 6:00 PM ET)
- Your account remains active as long as you haven't hit the Max Trailing Drawdown
DLL vs Max Trailing Drawdown
These are two separate risk limits that work differently:
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL): Resets each trading day. Hitting it pauses trading until next session. Soft breach - account stays active.
- Max Trailing Drawdown: Tracks your highest balance. Hitting it FAILS your account permanently. Hard breach.
Important: If your Max Trailing Drawdown is closer than your DLL, you could hit the drawdown first and fail your account before the DLL triggers.
Initial DLL Amounts
When you start a Growth, Lightning, or Select Daily Funded account, your DLL is:
Account Size | Lightning DLL | Growth | Select Daily DLL
Section: Initial DLL Amounts
+ 25K | N/A | $600 | $500
50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
The Daily Loss Limit is a "soft breach" - it pauses trading for the day but does NOT fail your account:
- When your daily losses reach the DLL, trading is paused
- You can resume trading the NEXT market session (after 6:00 PM ET)
- Your account remains active as long as you haven't hit the Max Trailing Drawdown
DLL vs Max Trailing Drawdown
These are two separate risk limits that work differently:
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL): Resets each trading day. Hitting it pauses trading until next session. Soft breach - account stays active.
- Max Trailing Drawdown: Tracks your highest balance. Hitting it FAILS your account permanently. Hard breach.
Important: If your Max Trailing Drawdown is closer than your DLL, you could hit the drawdown first and fail your account before the DLL triggers.
Initial DLL Amounts
When you start a Growth, Lightning, or Select Daily Funded account, your DLL is:
Account Size | Lightning DLL | Growth | Select Daily DLL
Section: Initial DLL Amounts
− 25K | $600 | $600 | $500
+ 25K | N/A | $600 | $500
50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help Center300K account tier added with $750 minimum daily profit, $10,000 payout cap, and $5,100 buffer; Daily Continuity Rule clarified for 300K differences.Aug 24
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
Section: Payout Structure
Payout Caps:
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $5,000 per payout
No Minimum Balance Requirement
Unlike other Tradeify programs, Select Flex has no minimum account balance requirement for payouts. You can request a payout immediately after achieving 5 winning days, regardless of your account balance.
First Payout Example (50K Account):
- You achieve 5 winning days with a balance of $52,500
- Since your EOD balance exceeded $52,100, your drawdown has already locked at $50,100
- You're eligible to withdraw 50% of your profits ($1,250)
- You request and receive a $1,250 payout
- Your balance after payout: $51,250
Note: Your drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for a 50K account). This happens either automatically at EOD when your balance reaches $52,100 (for 50K), or immediately when you request a payout—whichever comes first.
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you meet the 5 winning days requirement and have positive net profit for the payout cycle, you are eligible for payout.
Second Payout Example (50K Account):
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Payout Caps
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $52,500
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to $600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,600 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
After
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
Section: Payout Structure
+ - 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps:
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $5,000 per payout
+ Select 300K (Flex): winning day threshold $750, payout cap up to 50% of your total profits capped at $10,000 per payout. Full parameters: 300K Select Account.
No Minimum Balance Requirement
Unlike other Tradeify programs, Select Flex has no minimum account balance requirement for payouts. You can request a payout immediately after achieving 5 winning days, regardless of your account balance.
First Payout Example (50K Account):
- You achieve 5 winning days with a balance of $52,500
- Since your EOD balance exceeded $52,100, your drawdown has already locked at $50,100
- You're eligible to withdraw 50% of your profits ($1,250)
- You request and receive a $1,250 payout
- Your balance after payout: $51,250
Note: Your drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for a 50K account). This happens either automatically at EOD when your balance reaches $52,100 (for 50K), or immediately when you request a payout—whichever comes first.
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you meet the 5 winning days requirement and have positive net profit for the payout cycle, you are eligible for payout.
Second Payout Example (50K Account):
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
+ Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Payout Caps
+ Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $52,500
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to $600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,600 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
Section: Payout Structure
+ - 300K Account: $750 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps:
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- 150K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $5,000 per payout
+ Select 300K (Flex): winning day threshold $750, payout cap up to 50% of your total profits capped at $10,000 per payout. Full parameters: 300K Select Account.
No Minimum Balance Requirement
Unlike other Tradeify programs, Select Flex has no minimum account balance requirement for payouts. You can request a payout immediately after achieving 5 winning days, regardless of your account balance.
First Payout Example (50K Account):
- You achieve 5 winning days with a balance of $52,500
- Since your EOD balance exceeded $52,100, your drawdown has already locked at $50,100
- You're eligible to withdraw 50% of your profits ($1,250)
- You request and receive a $1,250 payout
- Your balance after payout: $51,250
Note: Your drawdown locks at $100 above your starting balance (e.g., $50,100 for a 50K account). This happens either automatically at EOD when your balance reaches $52,100 (for 50K), or immediately when you request a payout—whichever comes first.
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you meet the 5 winning days requirement and have positive net profit for the payout cycle, you are eligible for payout.
Second Payout Example (50K Account):
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
+ Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Payout Caps
+ Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $52,500
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250.
+ A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to $600 / $1,000 / $1,500 / $2,500 depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,600 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite Program | Tradeify Help CenterAdded 300K Elite tier with $6,000 daily loss limit and 8 mini/60 micro contracts, plus corresponding EOD drawdown tier.Aug 24
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The two 150K Lightning Funded accounts and the 100K Growth account have each received at least one payout. The 50K Select Daily account has not received a payout.
Tradeify selects this trader for a Live Transition.
As the 50K Select Daily account did not reach a payout it is not eligible for Elite Live. The trader is therefore upgraded to two 150K Elite Live accounts and one 100K Elite Live account.
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL
25K Elite | $0 | $1,500 | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | No DLL
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
Section: Elite Account Parameters
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day — not in real time. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance)
25K | $0 | $1,500 | $1,600
50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100
100K | $0 | $3,000 | $3,100
150K | $0 | $4,500 | $4,600
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
After 4 weeks, they may purchase a new evaluation to re-enter the program.
Payout Rules for Elite Accounts
80/20 Profit Split: 80% of payouts go to the trader, 20% to Tradeify.
Traders who qualify for live trading can choose between the Legacy Live program or the new Elite Live program. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
After
The two 150K Lightning Funded accounts and the 100K Growth account have each received at least one payout. The 50K Select Daily account has not received a payout.
Tradeify selects this trader for a Live Transition.
As the 50K Select Daily account did not reach a payout it is not eligible for Elite Live. The trader is therefore upgraded to two 150K Elite Live accounts and one 100K Elite Live account.
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL
25K Elite | $0 | $1,500 | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | No DLL
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
Section: Elite Account Parameters
+ 300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day — not in real time. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance)
25K | $0 | $1,500 | $1,600
50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100
100K | $0 | $3,000 | $3,100
150K | $0 | $4,500 | $4,600
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
+ 300K | $0 | $6,000 | $6,100
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
After 4 weeks, they may purchase a new evaluation to re-enter the program.
Payout Rules for Elite Accounts
80/20 Profit Split: 80% of payouts go to the trader, 20% to Tradeify.
Traders who qualify for live trading can choose between the Legacy Live program or the new Elite Live program. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
The two 150K Lightning Funded accounts and the 100K Growth account have each received at least one payout. The 50K Select Daily account has not received a payout.
Tradeify selects this trader for a Live Transition.
As the 50K Select Daily account did not reach a payout it is not eligible for Elite Live. The trader is therefore upgraded to two 150K Elite Live accounts and one 100K Elite Live account.
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL
25K Elite | $0 | $1,500 | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | No DLL
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
Section: Elite Account Parameters
+ 300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day — not in real time. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance)
25K | $0 | $1,500 | $1,600
50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100
100K | $0 | $3,000 | $3,100
150K | $0 | $4,500 | $4,600
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
+ 300K | $0 | $6,000 | $6,100
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
After 4 weeks, they may purchase a new evaluation to re-enter the program.
Payout Rules for Elite Accounts
80/20 Profit Split: 80% of payouts go to the trader, 20% to Tradeify.
Traders who qualify for live trading can choose between the Legacy Live program or the new Elite Live program. The Elite Live program is not retroactive — existing Legacy Live traders keep their original terms.
Daily Payouts: Traders may request payouts daily. Any amount above the trading capital may be withdrawn. If a payout brings the balance to $0, the Live Account will be closed.
What You Can Withdraw
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterAdded reference to separate documentation for Select 300K account parameters.Aug 24
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
After
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
+ The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
+ The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
PremierTradeify · 300K Select Account | Tradeify Help CenterAug 24
PremierTradeify · Select Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterSelect account sizes increased from four to five, adding $300,000 (limited release) with distinct requirements and parameters.Aug 24
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation
Minimum Trading Days | 3 days (due to consistency rule) | 1 day (can pass immediately)
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) | None
Daily Loss Limit | None during evaluation | Yes (soft breach)
Payout Policy Choice | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily) | Fixed policy (no choice)
In summary: SELECT Evaluation requires more trading days (minimum 3) due to the consistency rule, but gives you more flexibility with NO daily loss limit during evaluation and the ability to choose your payout policy after you pass. Growth Evaluation lets you pass faster (even in 1 day) but has a daily loss limit and a fixed payout policy.
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Section: Available Account Sizes
− Select is available in four account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade with full intraday flexibility without worrying about daily loss restrictions during your evaluation.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, giving you room to manage intraday volatility.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want maximum intraday flexibility and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
After
Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation
Minimum Trading Days | 3 days (due to consistency rule) | 1 day (can pass immediately)
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) | None
Daily Loss Limit | None during evaluation | Yes (soft breach)
Payout Policy Choice | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily) | Fixed policy (no choice)
In summary: SELECT Evaluation requires more trading days (minimum 3) due to the consistency rule, but gives you more flexibility with NO daily loss limit during evaluation and the ability to choose your payout policy after you pass. Growth Evaluation lets you pass faster (even in 1 day) but has a daily loss limit and a fixed payout policy.
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Section: Available Account Sizes
+ Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
+ - $300,000 (limited release)
+ The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade with full intraday flexibility without worrying about daily loss restrictions during your evaluation.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, giving you room to manage intraday volatility.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
+ - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want maximum intraday flexibility and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
Feature | SELECT Evaluation | Growth Evaluation
Minimum Trading Days | 3 days (due to consistency rule) | 1 day (can pass immediately)
Consistency Rule | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit) | None
Daily Loss Limit | None during evaluation | Yes (soft breach)
Payout Policy Choice | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily) | Fixed policy (no choice)
In summary: SELECT Evaluation requires more trading days (minimum 3) due to the consistency rule, but gives you more flexibility with NO daily loss limit during evaluation and the ability to choose your payout policy after you pass. Growth Evaluation lets you pass faster (even in 1 day) but has a daily loss limit and a fixed payout policy.
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Section: Available Account Sizes
− Select is available in four account sizes:
+ Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
+ - $300,000 (limited release)
+ The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40%
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade with full intraday flexibility without worrying about daily loss restrictions during your evaluation.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, giving you room to manage intraday volatility.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
+ - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 caps)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want maximum intraday flexibility and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterTradeify added a Select 300K account option at $449 with limited availability, specific restrictions, and exclusion from monthly evaluation limits.Aug 24
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
After
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
+ Select 300K (limited release) | $449 | Not available
+ The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
+ Select 300K (limited release) | $449 | Not available
+ The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
PremierTradeify · Which Plan is Right for You? | Tradeify Help CenterProfit target added for 300K account tier at $14,000; 40% consistency requirement and Tier 1 news trading allowance removed.Aug 24
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
- End of Day trailing drawdown (more intraday flexibility)
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
- Tier 1 news trading allowed
Section: SELECT Evaluation
− - $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Daily loss limits apply
- End-of-day realized P&L tracking
After
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
- End of Day trailing drawdown (more intraday flexibility)
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
- Tier 1 news trading allowed
Section: SELECT Evaluation
+ - $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Daily loss limits apply
- End-of-day realized P&L tracking
SELECT Evaluation
Best for: Traders who want a unified evaluation process with flexible funded account options
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $95 - $215 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: Transition to funded account is seamless with no additional costs
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Funded in 3 days: Fast path to funded trading after passing evaluation
Trading Features:
- End of Day trailing drawdown (more intraday flexibility)
- No daily loss limits during evaluation
- 40% consistency requirement (encourages stable performance)
- Tier 1 news trading allowed
Section: SELECT Evaluation
− - $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K accounts)
+ - $1,500, $3,000, $6,000, $9,000, $14,000 Profit target to pass the evaluation (25K, 50K, 100K, 150K, 300K accounts)
- Choose your payout policy after passing: Select Flex (5-Day) or Select Daily
Growth Evaluation
Best for: Traders who prefer more flexibility during the trading day with end-of-day risk assessment
Pricing & Costs:
- One-time purchase: $99 - $349 (no recurring fees)
- No activation fee: (transition to a sim funded account is seamless)
- Failed account: Can purchase a reset to try again
- Lower cost but has Daily Loss Limit
Trading Features:
- End-of-day trailing drawdown
- Daily loss limits apply
- End-of-day realized P&L tracking
PremierTradeify · KYC and AML Policy | Tradeify Help CenterProduct name changed from Tradeify Crypto to Tradeify 247 in four places; one instance of "Tradeify's identity verification" simplified to "Identity verification".Aug 20
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− Tradeify Crypto runs two separate verifications. Tradeify's identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− Tradeify Crypto requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify Crypto uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
After
+ Tradeify 247 runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
+ Tradeify 247 requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
+ Tradeify 247 uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
− Tradeify Crypto runs two separate verifications. Tradeify's identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
+ Tradeify 247 runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− Tradeify Crypto requires two separate verifications:
+ Tradeify 247 requires two separate verifications:
- Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
- Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
- Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify Crypto uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
+ Tradeify 247 uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterReset fee for Select 50K account increased from $95 to $109.Aug 20
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $95
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
After
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
+ Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $95
+ Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterMaximum contracts for 25K accounts reduced from 2 mini / 20 micro to 1 mini / 10 micro; scaling trigger 1 removed for 25K accounts; 25K scaling example removed.Aug 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Section: Account Parameters
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps:
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Starting Max Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micros | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros
Section: Scaling Parameters Overview
− Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
Scaling Trigger 2 ($2,000 Equity) | — | 4 minis / 40 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros
Scaling Trigger 3 ($3,000 Equity) | — | — | 8 minis / 80 micros | 8 minis / 80 micros
Scaling Trigger 4 ($4,500 Equity) | — | — | — | 12 minis / 120 micros
How Scaling Works
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity (account balance at market close)
- When your EOD equity reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase the next trading day
- Scaling triggers are cumulative - once you reach a higher tier, you retain those limits even if your balance fluctuates
- All account sizes start with reduced limits and scale up as you demonstrate profitable trading
Scaling Examples
− 25K Account:
− - Start trading with 1 mini / 10 micros
− - Reach $26,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 2 minis / 20 micros (maximum)
50K Account:
- Start trading with 2 minis / 20 micros
- Reach $51,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $52,000 EOD balance ($2,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros (maximum)
100K Account:
- Start trading with 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $101,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros
- Reach $102,000 EOD balance ($2,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 5 minis / 50 micros
- Reach $103,000 EOD balance ($3,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 8 minis / 80 micros (maximum)
150K Account:
- Start trading with 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $151,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros
150K Cap | $5,000 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
Section: Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
− 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
Path to Live
A trader becomes eligible to be considered for a Tradeify Elite Live account once they meet one of the following minimum thresholds:
- 3 payouts on a single account, or
- 10 total payouts since the last live transition across all plan types
After
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Section: Account Parameters
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps:
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Starting Max Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micros | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros
Section: Scaling Parameters Overview
+ Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | — | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
Scaling Trigger 2 ($2,000 Equity) | — | 4 minis / 40 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros
Scaling Trigger 3 ($3,000 Equity) | — | — | 8 minis / 80 micros | 8 minis / 80 micros
Scaling Trigger 4 ($4,500 Equity) | — | — | — | 12 minis / 120 micros
How Scaling Works
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity (account balance at market close)
- When your EOD equity reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase the next trading day
- Scaling triggers are cumulative - once you reach a higher tier, you retain those limits even if your balance fluctuates
- All account sizes start with reduced limits and scale up as you demonstrate profitable trading
Scaling Examples
50K Account:
- Start trading with 2 minis / 20 micros
- Reach $51,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $52,000 EOD balance ($2,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros (maximum)
100K Account:
- Start trading with 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $101,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros
- Reach $102,000 EOD balance ($2,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 5 minis / 50 micros
- Reach $103,000 EOD balance ($3,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 8 minis / 80 micros (maximum)
150K Account:
- Start trading with 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $151,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros
150K Cap | $5,000 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
Section: Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
+ 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
Path to Live
A trader becomes eligible to be considered for a Tradeify Elite Live account once they meet one of the following minimum thresholds:
- 3 payouts on a single account, or
- 10 total payouts since the last live transition across all plan types
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Section: Account Parameters
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
Winning Day Threshold:
- 25K Account: $100 minimum profit per day
- 50K Account: $150 minimum profit per day
- 100K Account: $200 minimum profit per day
- 150K Account: $250 minimum profit per day
Payout Caps:
- 25K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $1,250 per payout
- 50K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $3,000 per payout
- 100K Account: Up to 50% of your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), capped at $4,000 per payout
- Are comfortable with wider drawdown parameters
- Build profits steadily over several trading sessions
- Focus on consistency across multiple days
Select Daily Payout Policy
The 'Select Daily' Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits and prefer more frequent, smaller withdrawals. This policy includes tighter risk management with a Daily Loss Limit and operates with a buffer system.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
− Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
+ Max Contracts (Scaled) | 1 mini / 10 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Starting Max Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micros | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros
Section: Scaling Parameters Overview
− Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | 2 minis / 20 micros | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
+ Scaling Trigger 1 ($1,500 Equity) | — | 3 minis / 30 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros | 4 minis / 40 micros
Scaling Trigger 2 ($2,000 Equity) | — | 4 minis / 40 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros | 5 minis / 50 micros
Scaling Trigger 3 ($3,000 Equity) | — | — | 8 minis / 80 micros | 8 minis / 80 micros
Scaling Trigger 4 ($4,500 Equity) | — | — | — | 12 minis / 120 micros
How Scaling Works
- Your contract limits are based on your End of Day equity (account balance at market close)
- When your EOD equity reaches a scaling trigger threshold, your limits automatically increase the next trading day
- Scaling triggers are cumulative - once you reach a higher tier, you retain those limits even if your balance fluctuates
- All account sizes start with reduced limits and scale up as you demonstrate profitable trading
Scaling Examples
− 25K Account:
− - Start trading with 1 mini / 10 micros
− - Reach $26,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 2 minis / 20 micros (maximum)
50K Account:
- Start trading with 2 minis / 20 micros
- Reach $51,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $52,000 EOD balance ($2,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros (maximum)
100K Account:
- Start trading with 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $101,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros
- Reach $102,000 EOD balance ($2,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 5 minis / 50 micros
- Reach $103,000 EOD balance ($3,000 profit) → Next day limits increase to 8 minis / 80 micros (maximum)
150K Account:
- Start trading with 3 minis / 30 micros
- Reach $151,500 EOD balance ($1,500 profit) → Next day limits increase to 4 minis / 40 micros
150K Cap | $5,000 | $2,500
Processing | Standard | 24-hour guarantee
Profit Split | 90% / 10% split | 90% / 10% split
Withdrawal Eligibility
Feature | 5-Day Policy | Daily Policy
Minimum Balance | No | N/A
Buffer System | No | Yes ($1,100 / $2,100 / $2,600 / $3,600)
Daily Continuity Rule | No | Yes (2× profit multiplier)
Minimum Payout | N/A | $250
Loss Recovery Required | Yes — must be net positive for cycle | Yes — must be net positive for cycle
Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
Account Size | Starting Contracts | Maximum Contracts
Section: Contract Scaling (Both Policies)
− 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro
+ 25K | 1 mini / 10 micro | 1 mini / 10 micro
50K | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro
100K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro
150K | 3 mini / 30 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payment Methods
Tradeify Select payouts are available through multiple payment methods:
- Rise - Primary payout method (instant processing)
- Plane - Alternative payout option
For detailed information about each payment method, processing times, and setup instructions, please see our payout method articles in the help center.
Path to Live
A trader becomes eligible to be considered for a Tradeify Elite Live account once they meet one of the following minimum thresholds:
- 3 payouts on a single account, or
- 10 total payouts since the last live transition across all plan types
PremierTradeify · Rules: Restricted Countries | Tradeify Help CenterLive Account eligibility section replaced with new policy: denied Live Account applicants cannot return to Simulated stage.Aug 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Vietnam
Burundi | Lebanon | | Yemen
Cambodia | Liberia | | Zimbabwe
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Section: Live Account Eligibility
− Evaluation Eligible / Live Funded Restricted Countries
− The following countries (by residency) are eligible to purchase an evaluation account with Tradeify but will not be eligible for a Live Funded Account. They will remain on a Sim Funded account for the duration of their contract with Tradeify.
− Important: Sim Funded accounts still receive real payouts with a 90/10 profit split. The only restriction for these countries is that you cannot upgrade to Elite Live accounts.
− For users that are not eligible to hold a Live Account, a Risk Manager will be in contact to extend potential options or extend our decision on what will be the next step.
− Country | Live Funded Status | Special Notes
− Antarctica | Sim Funded Only |
− Burkina Faso | Sim Funded Only |
− Cameroon | Sim Funded Only |
− Canada | Sim Funded Only | Only Ontario residents. See Tradovate details
− China | Sim Funded Only | Possible exception after AML review
− Croatia (Hrvatska) | Sim Funded Only |
− Gibraltar | Sim Funded Only |
− Haiti | Sim Funded Only |
− Hong Kong | Sim Funded Only | Possible exception after AML review
− Jordan | Sim Funded Only |
− Kenya | Sim Funded Only |
− Monaco | Sim Funded Only |
− Mozambique | Sim Funded Only |
− Namibia | Sim Funded Only |
− Nigeria | Sim Funded Only |
− Philippines | Sim Funded Only |
− Qatar | Sim Funded Only |
− Republic of North Macedonia | Sim Funded Only |
− Romania | Sim Funded Only |
− Senegal | Sim Funded Only |
− Serbia | Sim Funded Only |
− Slovenia | Sim Funded Only |
− South Africa | Sim Funded Only |
− South Korea | Sim Funded Only | No eligibility by citizenship AND residency
− Tanzania, United Republic of | Sim Funded Only |
− Turkmenistan | Sim Funded Only |
− United Arab Emirates | Sim Funded Only |
After
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Vietnam
Burundi | Lebanon | | Yemen
Cambodia | Liberia | | Zimbabwe
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Section: Live Account Eligibility
+ Live Account Eligibility
+ If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Vietnam
Burundi | Lebanon | | Yemen
Cambodia | Liberia | | Zimbabwe
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Section: Live Account Eligibility
− Evaluation Eligible / Live Funded Restricted Countries
− The following countries (by residency) are eligible to purchase an evaluation account with Tradeify but will not be eligible for a Live Funded Account. They will remain on a Sim Funded account for the duration of their contract with Tradeify.
− Important: Sim Funded accounts still receive real payouts with a 90/10 profit split. The only restriction for these countries is that you cannot upgrade to Elite Live accounts.
− For users that are not eligible to hold a Live Account, a Risk Manager will be in contact to extend potential options or extend our decision on what will be the next step.
− Country | Live Funded Status | Special Notes
− Antarctica | Sim Funded Only |
− Burkina Faso | Sim Funded Only |
− Cameroon | Sim Funded Only |
− Canada | Sim Funded Only | Only Ontario residents. See Tradovate details
− China | Sim Funded Only | Possible exception after AML review
− Croatia (Hrvatska) | Sim Funded Only |
− Gibraltar | Sim Funded Only |
− Haiti | Sim Funded Only |
− Hong Kong | Sim Funded Only | Possible exception after AML review
− Jordan | Sim Funded Only |
− Kenya | Sim Funded Only |
− Monaco | Sim Funded Only |
− Mozambique | Sim Funded Only |
− Namibia | Sim Funded Only |
− Nigeria | Sim Funded Only |
− Philippines | Sim Funded Only |
− Qatar | Sim Funded Only |
− Republic of North Macedonia | Sim Funded Only |
− Romania | Sim Funded Only |
− Senegal | Sim Funded Only |
− Serbia | Sim Funded Only |
− Slovenia | Sim Funded Only |
− South Africa | Sim Funded Only |
− South Korea | Sim Funded Only | No eligibility by citizenship AND residency
− Tanzania, United Republic of | Sim Funded Only |
− Turkmenistan | Sim Funded Only |
− United Arab Emirates | Sim Funded Only |
+ Live Account Eligibility
+ If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products | Tradeify Help CenterProfit threshold for hedge penalty changed from $250 to $150.Aug 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Consequences of Violations
Violations are detected automatically and reviewed by our risk team. Consequences may include:
- Disqualification (for Evaluation accounts)
- Payout denial
- Account set to violation status
- All involved accounts set to violation status, for cross-account violations
- Forfeiture of profits generated during the period of the violating activity
- Permanent ban from Tradeify, for deliberate or repeated violations
Automated Hedging Detection
All Tradeify accounts have automated hedging detection — Evaluation, Sim Funded, and Elite Live. An account is breached by this automated check only if all three of the following conditions are met simultaneously:
- Opposing positions exist (hedging behaviour)
- The hedge duration exceeds 10 seconds
Section: Automated Hedging Detection
− - Profit generated from the hedge exceeds $250
The 10-second window exists so that a trader who opens an opposing position by mistake can close it without penalty. It is not an allowance to hold a hedge briefly on purpose.
Cross-account hedging and hedging across correlated products are monitored separately and reviewed by our risk team.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I go long ES on one account and short NQ on another?
A: No. ES and NQ are both Equity Index products, so holding them in opposite directions is a hedging violation — even when the two positions sit on separate accounts.
Q: Can I hold minis and micros at the same time?
A: Yes. This is now allowed, as long as your combined position stays within your contract limit (10 micros = 1 mini) and the two positions are not in opposing directions on the same or a correlated product.
Q: I have multiple accounts. Do these rules apply across all of them?
A: Yes. Hedging rules apply across ALL accounts under your control. Our systems monitor positions across every account linked to you.
Q: Can I trade the same instrument on more than one account?
A: Yes, as long as the positions are in the same direction. Copy trading is permitted. What is prohibited is holding the same or a correlated product in opposite directions at the same time.
Q: How do I know whether two products are correlated?
After
Consequences of Violations
Violations are detected automatically and reviewed by our risk team. Consequences may include:
- Disqualification (for Evaluation accounts)
- Payout denial
- Account set to violation status
- All involved accounts set to violation status, for cross-account violations
- Forfeiture of profits generated during the period of the violating activity
- Permanent ban from Tradeify, for deliberate or repeated violations
Automated Hedging Detection
All Tradeify accounts have automated hedging detection — Evaluation, Sim Funded, and Elite Live. An account is breached by this automated check only if all three of the following conditions are met simultaneously:
- Opposing positions exist (hedging behaviour)
- The hedge duration exceeds 10 seconds
Section: Automated Hedging Detection
+ - Profit generated from the hedge exceeds $150
The 10-second window exists so that a trader who opens an opposing position by mistake can close it without penalty. It is not an allowance to hold a hedge briefly on purpose.
Cross-account hedging and hedging across correlated products are monitored separately and reviewed by our risk team.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I go long ES on one account and short NQ on another?
A: No. ES and NQ are both Equity Index products, so holding them in opposite directions is a hedging violation — even when the two positions sit on separate accounts.
Q: Can I hold minis and micros at the same time?
A: Yes. This is now allowed, as long as your combined position stays within your contract limit (10 micros = 1 mini) and the two positions are not in opposing directions on the same or a correlated product.
Q: I have multiple accounts. Do these rules apply across all of them?
A: Yes. Hedging rules apply across ALL accounts under your control. Our systems monitor positions across every account linked to you.
Q: Can I trade the same instrument on more than one account?
A: Yes, as long as the positions are in the same direction. Copy trading is permitted. What is prohibited is holding the same or a correlated product in opposite directions at the same time.
Q: How do I know whether two products are correlated?
Consequences of Violations
Violations are detected automatically and reviewed by our risk team. Consequences may include:
- Disqualification (for Evaluation accounts)
- Payout denial
- Account set to violation status
- All involved accounts set to violation status, for cross-account violations
- Forfeiture of profits generated during the period of the violating activity
- Permanent ban from Tradeify, for deliberate or repeated violations
Automated Hedging Detection
All Tradeify accounts have automated hedging detection — Evaluation, Sim Funded, and Elite Live. An account is breached by this automated check only if all three of the following conditions are met simultaneously:
- Opposing positions exist (hedging behaviour)
- The hedge duration exceeds 10 seconds
Section: Automated Hedging Detection
− - Profit generated from the hedge exceeds $250
+ - Profit generated from the hedge exceeds $150
The 10-second window exists so that a trader who opens an opposing position by mistake can close it without penalty. It is not an allowance to hold a hedge briefly on purpose.
Cross-account hedging and hedging across correlated products are monitored separately and reviewed by our risk team.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I go long ES on one account and short NQ on another?
A: No. ES and NQ are both Equity Index products, so holding them in opposite directions is a hedging violation — even when the two positions sit on separate accounts.
Q: Can I hold minis and micros at the same time?
A: Yes. This is now allowed, as long as your combined position stays within your contract limit (10 micros = 1 mini) and the two positions are not in opposing directions on the same or a correlated product.
Q: I have multiple accounts. Do these rules apply across all of them?
A: Yes. Hedging rules apply across ALL accounts under your control. Our systems monitor positions across every account linked to you.
Q: Can I trade the same instrument on more than one account?
A: Yes, as long as the positions are in the same direction. Copy trading is permitted. What is prohibited is holding the same or a correlated product in opposite directions at the same time.
Q: How do I know whether two products are correlated?
PremierTradeify · Rules: Consistency Rule | Tradeify Help CenterAdded clarification that consistency percentages at or below the limit meet the rule, with a new Q&A example for 19.97% at 20% limit.Aug 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
− This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
- Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
- Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
If your current profits are $2,570.14, you need to add $646.56 in additional small profit days while ensuring no single day exceeds $643.34.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Why does my dashboard show 100% consistency when I've had multiple profitable days?
A: Your consistency percentage now updates in real-time on the dashboard as you trade - there is no longer any end-of-day delay. The percentage reflects your largest single day's profit as a share of your total profit. If it reads 100%, all of your profit so far has come from one trading day; it will adjust automatically as you build profit on other days. The only dashboard figure that still updates once per day, at the end of each trading day, is your Trailing Max Drawdown.
Q: When do consistency stats update?
A: Consistency updates in real-time as you trade. Every dashboard metric - balance, profit, daily loss limit, and consistency - now updates in real-time. The only exception is your Trailing Max Drawdown, which updates once per day at the end of each trading day.
Q: Do losing days affect my consistency percentage?
A: Yes, losing days can hurt your consistency percentage. The formula is: (Your biggest profitable day) / (Total profits). Losing days reduce your total profits (the denominator), which makes your consistency percentage go up. For example, if your biggest day was $1,000 and your total profit was $1,500 (66.7% consistency), a $300 losing day would drop your total to $1,200, pushing your consistency to 83.3% (worse). To improve consistency, you need profitable days that increase the denominator without exceeding your current biggest day.
Q: Can I meet the consistency requirement with just one profitable day?
A: No. If you have only one profitable day, that day represents 100% of your total profits. Since 100% exceeds all consistency thresholds (20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%), you'll need multiple profitable days to meet the requirement. For example, with a 20% rule, you need at least 5 profitable days of roughly equal size to bring your biggest day down to 20% or less of total profits.
Q: Can I keep trading if my consistency percentage is over the limit (20%, 35%, or 40%)?
A: Yes! The consistency rule only determines when you can request a payout - it does NOT restrict your trading in any way. You can make any amount of profit on any day. If you have a big profitable day, you simply need more total profit (spread across future days) before you're eligible to request a payout. Your account will not fail or be penalized for having high consistency - just keep trading profitable days to bring the percentage down. For smooth progress toward payout, aim for consistent daily profits based on your account size and profit goal.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
After
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
+ This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
- Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
- Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
If your current profits are $2,570.14, you need to add $646.56 in additional small profit days while ensuring no single day exceeds $643.34.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Why does my dashboard show 100% consistency when I've had multiple profitable days?
A: Your consistency percentage now updates in real-time on the dashboard as you trade - there is no longer any end-of-day delay. The percentage reflects your largest single day's profit as a share of your total profit. If it reads 100%, all of your profit so far has come from one trading day; it will adjust automatically as you build profit on other days. The only dashboard figure that still updates once per day, at the end of each trading day, is your Trailing Max Drawdown.
Q: When do consistency stats update?
A: Consistency updates in real-time as you trade. Every dashboard metric - balance, profit, daily loss limit, and consistency - now updates in real-time. The only exception is your Trailing Max Drawdown, which updates once per day at the end of each trading day.
Q: Do losing days affect my consistency percentage?
A: Yes, losing days can hurt your consistency percentage. The formula is: (Your biggest profitable day) / (Total profits). Losing days reduce your total profits (the denominator), which makes your consistency percentage go up. For example, if your biggest day was $1,000 and your total profit was $1,500 (66.7% consistency), a $300 losing day would drop your total to $1,200, pushing your consistency to 83.3% (worse). To improve consistency, you need profitable days that increase the denominator without exceeding your current biggest day.
Q: Can I meet the consistency requirement with just one profitable day?
A: No. If you have only one profitable day, that day represents 100% of your total profits. Since 100% exceeds all consistency thresholds (20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%), you'll need multiple profitable days to meet the requirement. For example, with a 20% rule, you need at least 5 profitable days of roughly equal size to bring your biggest day down to 20% or less of total profits.
Q: Can I keep trading if my consistency percentage is over the limit (20%, 35%, or 40%)?
A: Yes! The consistency rule only determines when you can request a payout - it does NOT restrict your trading in any way. You can make any amount of profit on any day. If you have a big profitable day, you simply need more total profit (spread across future days) before you're eligible to request a payout. Your account will not fail or be penalized for having high consistency - just keep trading profitable days to bring the percentage down. For smooth progress toward payout, aim for consistent daily profits based on your account size and profit goal.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: My consistency shows 19.97% and my limit is 20% - do I qualify?
+ A: Yes. The requirement is that your biggest single day is at or below your limit, so 19.97% meets a 20% rule (and exactly 20.00% meets it too). Only a percentage above your limit fails. Meeting consistency does not release a payout on its own - your profit goal / minimum balance, minimum profitable trading days (5 for Growth), the 10-second rule, and the maximum payout cap for that payout number all still apply.
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
− This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
+ This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
- Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
- Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
If your current profits are $2,570.14, you need to add $646.56 in additional small profit days while ensuring no single day exceeds $643.34.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Why does my dashboard show 100% consistency when I've had multiple profitable days?
A: Your consistency percentage now updates in real-time on the dashboard as you trade - there is no longer any end-of-day delay. The percentage reflects your largest single day's profit as a share of your total profit. If it reads 100%, all of your profit so far has come from one trading day; it will adjust automatically as you build profit on other days. The only dashboard figure that still updates once per day, at the end of each trading day, is your Trailing Max Drawdown.
Q: When do consistency stats update?
A: Consistency updates in real-time as you trade. Every dashboard metric - balance, profit, daily loss limit, and consistency - now updates in real-time. The only exception is your Trailing Max Drawdown, which updates once per day at the end of each trading day.
Q: Do losing days affect my consistency percentage?
A: Yes, losing days can hurt your consistency percentage. The formula is: (Your biggest profitable day) / (Total profits). Losing days reduce your total profits (the denominator), which makes your consistency percentage go up. For example, if your biggest day was $1,000 and your total profit was $1,500 (66.7% consistency), a $300 losing day would drop your total to $1,200, pushing your consistency to 83.3% (worse). To improve consistency, you need profitable days that increase the denominator without exceeding your current biggest day.
Q: Can I meet the consistency requirement with just one profitable day?
A: No. If you have only one profitable day, that day represents 100% of your total profits. Since 100% exceeds all consistency thresholds (20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%), you'll need multiple profitable days to meet the requirement. For example, with a 20% rule, you need at least 5 profitable days of roughly equal size to bring your biggest day down to 20% or less of total profits.
Q: Can I keep trading if my consistency percentage is over the limit (20%, 35%, or 40%)?
A: Yes! The consistency rule only determines when you can request a payout - it does NOT restrict your trading in any way. You can make any amount of profit on any day. If you have a big profitable day, you simply need more total profit (spread across future days) before you're eligible to request a payout. Your account will not fail or be penalized for having high consistency - just keep trading profitable days to bring the percentage down. For smooth progress toward payout, aim for consistent daily profits based on your account size and profit goal.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: My consistency shows 19.97% and my limit is 20% - do I qualify?
+ A: Yes. The requirement is that your biggest single day is at or below your limit, so 19.97% meets a 20% rule (and exactly 20.00% meets it too). Only a percentage above your limit fails. Meeting consistency does not release a payout on its own - your profit goal / minimum balance, minimum profitable trading days (5 for Growth), the 10-second rule, and the maximum payout cap for that payout number all still apply.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 50K reset fee changed from $109 to $95, and refund policy updated with exception for unapplied promo codes.Aug 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
Section: Refund Policy
− All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
The Growth 25K Evaluation is the most affordable option. Check the pricing tables above for current prices. Promo codes may offer additional discounts — check the Tradeify website for any active promotions.
What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
Growth: Evaluation required. Has Daily Loss Limit. 35% consistency rule. Most affordable option. Select: Evaluation required. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency during evaluation only. Choose Daily or Flex payout paths after passing. Lightning: No evaluation — funded instantly. Progressive consistency (20% → 25% → 30%). No resets available. Higher price point.
Can I get a refund if my account fails?
No. All sales are final per our Terms of Service. If a Growth or Select evaluation fails, you can purchase a reset at a reduced price to try again. Lightning Funded accounts do not have resets — a new account must be purchased.
Are there any hidden fees?
No hidden fees. The only costs are: (1) the account purchase price, (2) trading commissions on each trade, and (3) optional reset fees if your evaluation fails. Market data is free as long as you sign the Non-Professional Agreement. All brokers (Tradovate, Rithmic, WealthCharts) are the same price — no platform surcharges.
Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
Section: Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
− Tradeify periodically offers promotional discounts. Check the Tradeify website or dashboard for any currently active promo codes. Promo codes are entered at checkout. Tradeify also offers a permanent 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations — see the Bundle Discounts section above.
Can I buy multiple accounts at a discount?
Yes. Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 of the same eligible account in one order and the 5% bundle discount applies automatically. It also stacks with any active promo code. The discount only applies in a single transaction and won't apply retroactively to a separate, later order. See the Bundle Discounts section above for full details.
Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
No. The only multi-account checkout is the 5-account Bundle and save option. To buy any other number, purchase accounts individually (one per checkout) at full price. There is no limit on how many Evaluations you can buy — the 5-account cap applies only to active Sim Funded accounts (per household).
What is the profit split?
Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning) use a 90/10 profit split — you keep 90% of your profits, Tradeify receives 10%. Elite Live accounts use an 80/20 split. This applies from your very first payout.
What platforms can I trade on?
At checkout, you select one of three brokers: Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Each broker gives access to different trading platforms. Tradovate gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts is its own broker and platform — it can only be used to access the WealthCharts platform. See the Supported Platforms article for details.
After
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
+ Select 50K | $165 | $95
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
Section: Refund Policy
+ All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
The Growth 25K Evaluation is the most affordable option. Check the pricing tables above for current prices. Promo codes may offer additional discounts — check the Tradeify website for any active promotions.
What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
Growth: Evaluation required. Has Daily Loss Limit. 35% consistency rule. Most affordable option. Select: Evaluation required. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency during evaluation only. Choose Daily or Flex payout paths after passing. Lightning: No evaluation — funded instantly. Progressive consistency (20% → 25% → 30%). No resets available. Higher price point.
Can I get a refund if my account fails?
No. All sales are final per our Terms of Service. If a Growth or Select evaluation fails, you can purchase a reset at a reduced price to try again. Lightning Funded accounts do not have resets — a new account must be purchased.
Are there any hidden fees?
No hidden fees. The only costs are: (1) the account purchase price, (2) trading commissions on each trade, and (3) optional reset fees if your evaluation fails. Market data is free as long as you sign the Non-Professional Agreement. All brokers (Tradovate, Rithmic, WealthCharts) are the same price — no platform surcharges.
Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
Section: Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
+ Tradeify periodically offers promotional discounts. Check the Tradeify website or dashboard for any currently active promo codes. Promo codes are entered at checkout. Tradeify also offers a permanent 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations — see the Bundle Discounts section above. If you completed a purchase and a promo code was not applied — you forgot to enter it, or you entered it and were still charged the full amount — contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy.
Can I buy multiple accounts at a discount?
Yes. Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 of the same eligible account in one order and the 5% bundle discount applies automatically. It also stacks with any active promo code. The discount only applies in a single transaction and won't apply retroactively to a separate, later order. See the Bundle Discounts section above for full details.
Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
No. The only multi-account checkout is the 5-account Bundle and save option. To buy any other number, purchase accounts individually (one per checkout) at full price. There is no limit on how many Evaluations you can buy — the 5-account cap applies only to active Sim Funded accounts (per household).
What is the profit split?
Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning) use a 90/10 profit split — you keep 90% of your profits, Tradeify receives 10%. Elite Live accounts use an 80/20 split. This applies from your very first payout.
What platforms can I trade on?
At checkout, you select one of three brokers: Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Each broker gives access to different trading platforms. Tradovate gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts is its own broker and platform — it can only be used to access the WealthCharts platform. See the Supported Platforms article for details.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $109
+ Select 50K | $165 | $95
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
Section: Refund Policy
− All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing.
+ All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
The Growth 25K Evaluation is the most affordable option. Check the pricing tables above for current prices. Promo codes may offer additional discounts — check the Tradeify website for any active promotions.
What is the difference between Growth, Select, and Lightning?
Growth: Evaluation required. Has Daily Loss Limit. 35% consistency rule. Most affordable option. Select: Evaluation required. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency during evaluation only. Choose Daily or Flex payout paths after passing. Lightning: No evaluation — funded instantly. Progressive consistency (20% → 25% → 30%). No resets available. Higher price point.
Can I get a refund if my account fails?
No. All sales are final per our Terms of Service. If a Growth or Select evaluation fails, you can purchase a reset at a reduced price to try again. Lightning Funded accounts do not have resets — a new account must be purchased.
Are there any hidden fees?
No hidden fees. The only costs are: (1) the account purchase price, (2) trading commissions on each trade, and (3) optional reset fees if your evaluation fails. Market data is free as long as you sign the Non-Professional Agreement. All brokers (Tradovate, Rithmic, WealthCharts) are the same price — no platform surcharges.
Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
Section: Do you offer promo codes or discounts?
− Tradeify periodically offers promotional discounts. Check the Tradeify website or dashboard for any currently active promo codes. Promo codes are entered at checkout. Tradeify also offers a permanent 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations — see the Bundle Discounts section above.
+ Tradeify periodically offers promotional discounts. Check the Tradeify website or dashboard for any currently active promo codes. Promo codes are entered at checkout. Tradeify also offers a permanent 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations — see the Bundle Discounts section above. If you completed a purchase and a promo code was not applied — you forgot to enter it, or you entered it and were still charged the full amount — contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy.
Can I buy multiple accounts at a discount?
Yes. Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on Growth 25K, Growth 50K, Select 25K, and Select 50K Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 of the same eligible account in one order and the 5% bundle discount applies automatically. It also stacks with any active promo code. The discount only applies in a single transaction and won't apply retroactively to a separate, later order. See the Bundle Discounts section above for full details.
Can I buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts in one order?
No. The only multi-account checkout is the 5-account Bundle and save option. To buy any other number, purchase accounts individually (one per checkout) at full price. There is no limit on how many Evaluations you can buy — the 5-account cap applies only to active Sim Funded accounts (per household).
What is the profit split?
Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning) use a 90/10 profit split — you keep 90% of your profits, Tradeify receives 10%. Elite Live accounts use an 80/20 split. This applies from your very first payout.
What platforms can I trade on?
At checkout, you select one of three brokers: Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Each broker gives access to different trading platforms. Tradovate gives access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts is its own broker and platform — it can only be used to access the WealthCharts platform. See the Supported Platforms article for details.
PremierTradeify · Common FAQs | Tradeify Help CenterRefund policy now includes exception for unapplied promo or discount codes; promotional code troubleshooting guidance expanded.Aug 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
- No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
− - No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on.
- Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- What happens if my payment fails when purchasing an account?
- If your payment fails during checkout, no account will be created. Simply retry the purchase with a valid payment method.
- If you see a pending charge but did not receive an account, the hold will be released by your bank within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- My promo code isn't working / says I can't use it
- Promo codes work for all account types (Evaluation, Lightning, etc.) unless a specific promotion states otherwise.
- If a valid code isn't applying, this is usually a browser issue - try these steps:
- Use incognito/private browsing mode - this is the most common fix
- Try a different browser - Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge
- Clear your browser cookies for the Tradeify website
- "Stubborn cookies" from previous sessions can interfere with promotional codes.
− - If the code still doesn't work after trying these steps, contact support.
- I saw a promo code on Instagram/Facebook but it doesn't work
- Most likely cause: The promotion has already expired. Social media platforms (especially Instagram and Facebook) are notorious for continuing to show ads for promotions long after they've ended. We apologize for the confusion this causes.
- Check current promotions: Visit tradeify.co directly for active discounts, or check your email for promotional offers.
- If you believe the promotion should still be active (you just saw it announced recently), contact support and we can verify the code's status.
- If I trade after requesting a payout, which cycle do those profits count toward?
- Before payout approval: All profits (before AND after your request) count toward the same payout cycle. If your payout is denied, everything stays in the current cycle.
- After payout approval, same session: Profits made after approval but in the same trading session count toward your next payout cycle.
- Best practice: After your payout is approved, wait for a new trading session to begin before resuming trading. This ensures your profits clearly count toward the next cycle.
- Remember: A trading session runs from 6:00 PM EST to 5:00 PM EST the next day. Payout cycles reset at session boundaries, not immediately upon approval.
Trading Rules & Compliance:
- What is a trading day?
- A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
After
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
- No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
+ - No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
- Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- What happens if my payment fails when purchasing an account?
- If your payment fails during checkout, no account will be created. Simply retry the purchase with a valid payment method.
- If you see a pending charge but did not receive an account, the hold will be released by your bank within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- My promo code isn't working / says I can't use it
- Promo codes work for all account types (Evaluation, Lightning, etc.) unless a specific promotion states otherwise.
- If a valid code isn't applying, this is usually a browser issue - try these steps:
- Use incognito/private browsing mode - this is the most common fix
- Try a different browser - Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge
- Clear your browser cookies for the Tradeify website
- "Stubborn cookies" from previous sessions can interfere with promotional codes.
+ - If the code still doesn't work after trying these steps, contact support. Already completed your purchase? If a code was not applied - you forgot to enter it, or the discounted price showed at checkout but you were charged the full amount, or the code isn't listed in your transaction details - contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy and we will get it corrected.
- I saw a promo code on Instagram/Facebook but it doesn't work
- Most likely cause: The promotion has already expired. Social media platforms (especially Instagram and Facebook) are notorious for continuing to show ads for promotions long after they've ended. We apologize for the confusion this causes.
- Check current promotions: Visit tradeify.co directly for active discounts, or check your email for promotional offers.
- If you believe the promotion should still be active (you just saw it announced recently), contact support and we can verify the code's status.
- If I trade after requesting a payout, which cycle do those profits count toward?
- Before payout approval: All profits (before AND after your request) count toward the same payout cycle. If your payout is denied, everything stays in the current cycle.
- After payout approval, same session: Profits made after approval but in the same trading session count toward your next payout cycle.
- Best practice: After your payout is approved, wait for a new trading session to begin before resuming trading. This ensures your profits clearly count toward the next cycle.
- Remember: A trading session runs from 6:00 PM EST to 5:00 PM EST the next day. Payout cycles reset at session boundaries, not immediately upon approval.
Trading Rules & Compliance:
- What is a trading day?
- A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- Is there a minimum number of trading days required for payout?
- No. The previous 7-day requirement has been removed. You can request a payout once your dashboard shows you're eligible.
- How do I request a payout?
- Log into your dashboard, navigate to your account, and select 'Request Payout'. Complete KYC with Rise when prompted. Funds will be sent to your Rise wallet.
- Can I get a refund?
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
− - No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on.
+ - No. Tradeify does not offer refunds. By completing your purchase, you agreed to our Terms of Service which states all sales are final. This applies to all accounts regardless of whether they have been traded on. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately - contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
- Why was I charged $1 when purchasing a free trial?
- This is a temporary authorization hold to verify your card is valid. It is automatically refunded within 3-5 business days.
- I'm getting a reCAPTCHA or payment error
- This usually means your billing information doesn't match your card (especially the zip code). If your information is correct, contact your bank - they may be blocking the transaction.
- Why was my card declined?
- Common causes:
- Billing mismatch: Your billing address (especially zip code) doesn't match what's on file with your card issuer.
- Bank blocking: Your bank may be blocking the transaction as a security measure. Contact them to authorize it.
- Restricted country: Tradeify cannot accept payments from certain countries due to regulatory restrictions. If you're in a restricted region, the payment will be declined on our end.
- Card verification: You may see a temporary $1 authorization hold - this is normal and refunds automatically within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information matches your card exactly, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- What happens if my payment fails when purchasing an account?
- If your payment fails during checkout, no account will be created. Simply retry the purchase with a valid payment method.
- If you see a pending charge but did not receive an account, the hold will be released by your bank within 3-5 business days.
- To resolve: Verify your billing information, contact your bank to authorize the transaction, or try a different payment method.
- My promo code isn't working / says I can't use it
- Promo codes work for all account types (Evaluation, Lightning, etc.) unless a specific promotion states otherwise.
- If a valid code isn't applying, this is usually a browser issue - try these steps:
- Use incognito/private browsing mode - this is the most common fix
- Try a different browser - Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge
- Clear your browser cookies for the Tradeify website
- "Stubborn cookies" from previous sessions can interfere with promotional codes.
− - If the code still doesn't work after trying these steps, contact support.
+ - If the code still doesn't work after trying these steps, contact support. Already completed your purchase? If a code was not applied - you forgot to enter it, or the discounted price showed at checkout but you were charged the full amount, or the code isn't listed in your transaction details - contact support with your transaction details. This is handled separately from the refund policy and we will get it corrected.
- I saw a promo code on Instagram/Facebook but it doesn't work
- Most likely cause: The promotion has already expired. Social media platforms (especially Instagram and Facebook) are notorious for continuing to show ads for promotions long after they've ended. We apologize for the confusion this causes.
- Check current promotions: Visit tradeify.co directly for active discounts, or check your email for promotional offers.
- If you believe the promotion should still be active (you just saw it announced recently), contact support and we can verify the code's status.
- If I trade after requesting a payout, which cycle do those profits count toward?
- Before payout approval: All profits (before AND after your request) count toward the same payout cycle. If your payout is denied, everything stays in the current cycle.
- After payout approval, same session: Profits made after approval but in the same trading session count toward your next payout cycle.
- Best practice: After your payout is approved, wait for a new trading session to begin before resuming trading. This ensures your profits clearly count toward the next cycle.
- Remember: A trading session runs from 6:00 PM EST to 5:00 PM EST the next day. Payout cycles reset at session boundaries, not immediately upon approval.
Trading Rules & Compliance:
- What is a trading day?
- A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
PremierTradeify · Rules: News Trading | Tradeify Help CenterMicroscalping rule now applies only to funded accounts, not during evaluation periods, with clarified trade duration and profit requirements.Aug 13
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Our Policy
We do not have any rules against or guidelines around trading news events.
Free reign, but beware of volatility and how it can affect your account.
Important Warnings
- You trade news AT YOUR OWN RISK.
- Beware of slippage - Orders may execute far from expected prices
- NEVER use the Daily Loss Limit as a stop loss - System protection may not be effective during extreme volatility
News events can cause rapid price movements, wider spreads, and unpredictable market behavior that may impact your trading results.
Section: Important Warnings
− Keep in mind the Microscalping rule: Over 50% of your trades are longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
If you do not meet the criteria, you will not be able to request a payout.
After
Our Policy
We do not have any rules against or guidelines around trading news events.
Free reign, but beware of volatility and how it can affect your account.
Important Warnings
- You trade news AT YOUR OWN RISK.
- Beware of slippage - Orders may execute far from expected prices
- NEVER use the Daily Loss Limit as a stop loss - System protection may not be effective during extreme volatility
News events can cause rapid price movements, wider spreads, and unpredictable market behavior that may impact your trading results.
Section: Important Warnings
+ Keep in mind the Microscalping rule on funded accounts: over 50% of your trades must be longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds. It does not apply during an evaluation.
If you do not meet the criteria, you will not be able to request a payout.
Our Policy
We do not have any rules against or guidelines around trading news events.
Free reign, but beware of volatility and how it can affect your account.
Important Warnings
- You trade news AT YOUR OWN RISK.
- Beware of slippage - Orders may execute far from expected prices
- NEVER use the Daily Loss Limit as a stop loss - System protection may not be effective during extreme volatility
News events can cause rapid price movements, wider spreads, and unpredictable market behavior that may impact your trading results.
Section: Important Warnings
− Keep in mind the Microscalping rule: Over 50% of your trades are longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
+ Keep in mind the Microscalping rule on funded accounts: over 50% of your trades must be longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds. It does not apply during an evaluation.
If you do not meet the criteria, you will not be able to request a payout.
PremierTradeify · Common FAQs | Tradeify Help CenterPayout requirement changed to require over 50% trades held longer than 10 seconds on funded accounts, with exemption during evaluation.Aug 13
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- You can trade from 6:00 PM EST/EDT until 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next day.
- Is news trading allowed?
- Yes, it's allowed.
- Is hedging allowed?
- No. This includes opposing positions on the same instrument or on a correlated product, held in one account or across multiple accounts. Every account involved can be set to violation status.
- Can I trade on weekends?
- No, you cannot.
- Can I use a VPN or VPS?
- You cannot log in with VPN/VPS. After logging in normally, you may use VPS for trading at your own risk.
- Can I change my Tradovate Username and Password?
- No, do not change your Username or password as it will break the system.
- Do you allow scalping?
Section: Trading Rules & Compliance:
− - Yes, we do. However, 50% of your trades must be held longer than 10 seconds AND 50% or more of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
- Can I trade stocks/forex/options?
- We do not offer cash stocks, forex, or options. We do offer Single Stock Futures on Tradovate, which track the price of individual companies such as Tesla, Nvidia, and Apple as futures contracts. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
- What time must I close positions?
- All positions must be closed before 4:59PM EST.
- What happens during CME exchange halts?
- CME halts stop trading across all platforms. Tradeify does not compensate for losses during CME halts as they affect all market participants equally.
- Is martingale strategy allowed?
- Yes, as long as you're not hedging. Be aware that martingale is high-risk - stay within your drawdown and daily loss limits.
- What is auto-liquidation?
- Auto-liquidation is a protective mechanism that closes your positions when you hit your daily loss limit or trailing drawdown threshold. It's not an error - it's designed to prevent further losses.
- Why can't I place trades?
- Your account is likely in Liquidation-Only mode due to hitting your Daily Loss Limit or drawdown threshold. DLL resets the next trading day; drawdown breaches may be permanent.
After
- You can trade from 6:00 PM EST/EDT until 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next day.
- Is news trading allowed?
- Yes, it's allowed.
- Is hedging allowed?
- No. This includes opposing positions on the same instrument or on a correlated product, held in one account or across multiple accounts. Every account involved can be set to violation status.
- Can I trade on weekends?
- No, you cannot.
- Can I use a VPN or VPS?
- You cannot log in with VPN/VPS. After logging in normally, you may use VPS for trading at your own risk.
- Can I change my Tradovate Username and Password?
- No, do not change your Username or password as it will break the system.
- Do you allow scalping?
Section: Trading Rules & Compliance:
+ - Yes, we do. On funded accounts, to request a payout, over 50% of your trades must be held longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds. This does not apply during an evaluation.
- Can I trade stocks/forex/options?
- We do not offer cash stocks, forex, or options. We do offer Single Stock Futures on Tradovate, which track the price of individual companies such as Tesla, Nvidia, and Apple as futures contracts. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
- What time must I close positions?
- All positions must be closed before 4:59PM EST.
- What happens during CME exchange halts?
- CME halts stop trading across all platforms. Tradeify does not compensate for losses during CME halts as they affect all market participants equally.
- Is martingale strategy allowed?
- Yes, as long as you're not hedging. Be aware that martingale is high-risk - stay within your drawdown and daily loss limits.
- What is auto-liquidation?
- Auto-liquidation is a protective mechanism that closes your positions when you hit your daily loss limit or trailing drawdown threshold. It's not an error - it's designed to prevent further losses.
- Why can't I place trades?
- Your account is likely in Liquidation-Only mode due to hitting your Daily Loss Limit or drawdown threshold. DLL resets the next trading day; drawdown breaches may be permanent.
- You can trade from 6:00 PM EST/EDT until 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next day.
- Is news trading allowed?
- Yes, it's allowed.
- Is hedging allowed?
- No. This includes opposing positions on the same instrument or on a correlated product, held in one account or across multiple accounts. Every account involved can be set to violation status.
- Can I trade on weekends?
- No, you cannot.
- Can I use a VPN or VPS?
- You cannot log in with VPN/VPS. After logging in normally, you may use VPS for trading at your own risk.
- Can I change my Tradovate Username and Password?
- No, do not change your Username or password as it will break the system.
- Do you allow scalping?
Section: Trading Rules & Compliance:
− - Yes, we do. However, 50% of your trades must be held longer than 10 seconds AND 50% or more of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
+ - Yes, we do. On funded accounts, to request a payout, over 50% of your trades must be held longer than 10 seconds AND over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds. This does not apply during an evaluation.
- Can I trade stocks/forex/options?
- We do not offer cash stocks, forex, or options. We do offer Single Stock Futures on Tradovate, which track the price of individual companies such as Tesla, Nvidia, and Apple as futures contracts. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
- What time must I close positions?
- All positions must be closed before 4:59PM EST.
- What happens during CME exchange halts?
- CME halts stop trading across all platforms. Tradeify does not compensate for losses during CME halts as they affect all market participants equally.
- Is martingale strategy allowed?
- Yes, as long as you're not hedging. Be aware that martingale is high-risk - stay within your drawdown and daily loss limits.
- What is auto-liquidation?
- Auto-liquidation is a protective mechanism that closes your positions when you hit your daily loss limit or trailing drawdown threshold. It's not an error - it's designed to prevent further losses.
- Why can't I place trades?
- Your account is likely in Liquidation-Only mode due to hitting your Daily Loss Limit or drawdown threshold. DLL resets the next trading day; drawdown breaches may be permanent.
PremierTradeify · Guidelines for Traders | Tradeify Help CenterMicroscalping rule now applies to funded accounts only, not evaluation accounts; payout request criteria clarified and account failure consequence removed.Aug 13
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A hedging violation results in every account involved being set to violation status, forfeiture of any profits generated during the period of the violating activity, and possibly a permanent ban from Tradeify.
For the full rule, including the Product Groups table and worked examples, see Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
Bots/Algorithmic Trading
At Tradeify, we allow the use of bots and algorithms under certain conditions:
- Ownership: You must be able to prove that you are the sole owner of the bot or strategy, and that no one else has access to or is using it. This ensures that the bot/algorithm is not being shared with other traders or firms.
- We scan to ensure there are no similar orders on other accounts. We will also require a live video of you enabling the code on your own PC.
- Exclusive Use: While you may use the bot on your personal accounts, using it across multiple firms is against Tradeify's policy. The bot should be solely for your own use within Tradeify.
- No High-Frequency Trading (HFT) Bots: Personal bots are allowed as long as they are not high-frequency trading (HFT) bots. Tradeify has specific risk measures in place to detect and monitor such activities.
- Compliance and Verification: Tradeify reserves the right to request information or documentation if our risk measures flag your account for potential violations of these guidelines.
These rules are in place to maintain the integrity of trading on our platform and ensure fairness for all traders.
Microscalping
Microscalping refers to executing trades with the intent of capturing small profits from minimal price movements, such as a few ticks or points typically within a very short period of time.
Section: Microscalping
− Note: Microscalping applies ONLY to sim funded accounts.
Tradeify is looking for traders that are serious about their trading and can be called up to live to eventually be copied by our own firm as well.
Trades executed in less than 10 seconds are difficult to reliably replicate or copy.
− Therefore, you must meet BOTH of the below two criteria to pass the microscalping rule:
- Over 50% of your trades are longer than 10 seconds
− - Over 50% your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
− Keep in mind, if you do not meet the criteria, you will not be able to request a payout.
Maximum Account Idle Time (Funded and Evaluation Accounts)
To keep your funded or evaluation account active, you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday). This is per account, not per user.
Failure to do so may result in your account being marked as inactive. If we are concerned about your max idle time we will message you before we take any action.
News Trading, Dollar Cost Averaging, Flipping, and Scaling
We do not have any rules against or guidelines around trading news events, Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA), flipping, or scaling.
Dollar-Cost Averaging (DCA) refers to entering a trade with multiple executions at different price points from the initial entry.
DCA is allowed, but it should always be part of a structured strategy. It is discouraged to "average into oblivion" involving continuously adding to a losing position without a clear strategy, until the trade reaches breakeven or a slight profit.
Ready for the next step? Continue to How Do I Start Trading?
After
A hedging violation results in every account involved being set to violation status, forfeiture of any profits generated during the period of the violating activity, and possibly a permanent ban from Tradeify.
For the full rule, including the Product Groups table and worked examples, see Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
Bots/Algorithmic Trading
At Tradeify, we allow the use of bots and algorithms under certain conditions:
- Ownership: You must be able to prove that you are the sole owner of the bot or strategy, and that no one else has access to or is using it. This ensures that the bot/algorithm is not being shared with other traders or firms.
- We scan to ensure there are no similar orders on other accounts. We will also require a live video of you enabling the code on your own PC.
- Exclusive Use: While you may use the bot on your personal accounts, using it across multiple firms is against Tradeify's policy. The bot should be solely for your own use within Tradeify.
- No High-Frequency Trading (HFT) Bots: Personal bots are allowed as long as they are not high-frequency trading (HFT) bots. Tradeify has specific risk measures in place to detect and monitor such activities.
- Compliance and Verification: Tradeify reserves the right to request information or documentation if our risk measures flag your account for potential violations of these guidelines.
These rules are in place to maintain the integrity of trading on our platform and ensure fairness for all traders.
Microscalping
Microscalping refers to executing trades with the intent of capturing small profits from minimal price movements, such as a few ticks or points typically within a very short period of time.
Section: Microscalping
+ This rule applies to funded accounts only. It does not apply during an evaluation.
Tradeify is looking for traders that are serious about their trading and can be called up to live to eventually be copied by our own firm as well.
Trades executed in less than 10 seconds are difficult to reliably replicate or copy.
+ To request a payout on a funded account, you must meet BOTH of the below two criteria:
- Over 50% of your trades are longer than 10 seconds
+ - Over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
+ If you do not meet the criteria, you will not be able to request a payout. It does not fail your account.
Maximum Account Idle Time (Funded and Evaluation Accounts)
To keep your funded or evaluation account active, you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday). This is per account, not per user.
Failure to do so may result in your account being marked as inactive. If we are concerned about your max idle time we will message you before we take any action.
News Trading, Dollar Cost Averaging, Flipping, and Scaling
We do not have any rules against or guidelines around trading news events, Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA), flipping, or scaling.
Dollar-Cost Averaging (DCA) refers to entering a trade with multiple executions at different price points from the initial entry.
DCA is allowed, but it should always be part of a structured strategy. It is discouraged to "average into oblivion" involving continuously adding to a losing position without a clear strategy, until the trade reaches breakeven or a slight profit.
Ready for the next step? Continue to How Do I Start Trading?
A hedging violation results in every account involved being set to violation status, forfeiture of any profits generated during the period of the violating activity, and possibly a permanent ban from Tradeify.
For the full rule, including the Product Groups table and worked examples, see Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
Bots/Algorithmic Trading
At Tradeify, we allow the use of bots and algorithms under certain conditions:
- Ownership: You must be able to prove that you are the sole owner of the bot or strategy, and that no one else has access to or is using it. This ensures that the bot/algorithm is not being shared with other traders or firms.
- We scan to ensure there are no similar orders on other accounts. We will also require a live video of you enabling the code on your own PC.
- Exclusive Use: While you may use the bot on your personal accounts, using it across multiple firms is against Tradeify's policy. The bot should be solely for your own use within Tradeify.
- No High-Frequency Trading (HFT) Bots: Personal bots are allowed as long as they are not high-frequency trading (HFT) bots. Tradeify has specific risk measures in place to detect and monitor such activities.
- Compliance and Verification: Tradeify reserves the right to request information or documentation if our risk measures flag your account for potential violations of these guidelines.
These rules are in place to maintain the integrity of trading on our platform and ensure fairness for all traders.
Microscalping
Microscalping refers to executing trades with the intent of capturing small profits from minimal price movements, such as a few ticks or points typically within a very short period of time.
Section: Microscalping
− Note: Microscalping applies ONLY to sim funded accounts.
+ This rule applies to funded accounts only. It does not apply during an evaluation.
Tradeify is looking for traders that are serious about their trading and can be called up to live to eventually be copied by our own firm as well.
Trades executed in less than 10 seconds are difficult to reliably replicate or copy.
− Therefore, you must meet BOTH of the below two criteria to pass the microscalping rule:
+ To request a payout on a funded account, you must meet BOTH of the below two criteria:
- Over 50% of your trades are longer than 10 seconds
− - Over 50% your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
− Keep in mind, if you do not meet the criteria, you will not be able to request a payout.
+ - Over 50% of your profit must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds.
+ If you do not meet the criteria, you will not be able to request a payout. It does not fail your account.
Maximum Account Idle Time (Funded and Evaluation Accounts)
To keep your funded or evaluation account active, you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday). This is per account, not per user.
Failure to do so may result in your account being marked as inactive. If we are concerned about your max idle time we will message you before we take any action.
News Trading, Dollar Cost Averaging, Flipping, and Scaling
We do not have any rules against or guidelines around trading news events, Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA), flipping, or scaling.
Dollar-Cost Averaging (DCA) refers to entering a trade with multiple executions at different price points from the initial entry.
DCA is allowed, but it should always be part of a structured strategy. It is discouraged to "average into oblivion" involving continuously adding to a losing position without a clear strategy, until the trade reaches breakeven or a slight profit.
Ready for the next step? Continue to How Do I Start Trading?
PremierTradeify · Essential Trading Rules Overview | Tradeify Help CenterMicroscalping guideline requirement now applies to funded accounts only, not evaluations.Aug 13
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Prohibited Activities
- Hedging: Not allowed — this includes opposing positions on correlated products and positions held across multiple accounts. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
- Exploiting Platform Errors: Strictly forbidden
- HFT Bots: High-frequency trading bots not allowed
Algorithmic Trading
Allowed if:
- You own the strategy exclusively
- Not shared with other traders/firms
- Not high-frequency trading
- Can prove ownership if requested
Microscalping Guidelines
- Over 50% of your trades AND profits must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds
Section: Microscalping Guidelines
− - If you do not meet these two criteria then you won't be able to request a payout.
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- The trade can be as brief as 5 seconds as long as it satisfies the minimum activity requirement.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
After
Prohibited Activities
- Hedging: Not allowed — this includes opposing positions on correlated products and positions held across multiple accounts. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
- Exploiting Platform Errors: Strictly forbidden
- HFT Bots: High-frequency trading bots not allowed
Algorithmic Trading
Allowed if:
- You own the strategy exclusively
- Not shared with other traders/firms
- Not high-frequency trading
- Can prove ownership if requested
Microscalping Guidelines
- Over 50% of your trades AND profits must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds
Section: Microscalping Guidelines
+ - Applies to funded accounts only, not evaluations. If you do not meet these two criteria you won't be able to request a payout.
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- The trade can be as brief as 5 seconds as long as it satisfies the minimum activity requirement.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Prohibited Activities
- Hedging: Not allowed — this includes opposing positions on correlated products and positions held across multiple accounts. See Rules: Hedging & Correlated Products.
- Exploiting Platform Errors: Strictly forbidden
- HFT Bots: High-frequency trading bots not allowed
Algorithmic Trading
Allowed if:
- You own the strategy exclusively
- Not shared with other traders/firms
- Not high-frequency trading
- Can prove ownership if requested
Microscalping Guidelines
- Over 50% of your trades AND profits must come from trades held longer than 10 seconds
Section: Microscalping Guidelines
− - If you do not meet these two criteria then you won't be able to request a payout.
+ - Applies to funded accounts only, not evaluations. If you do not meet these two criteria you won't be able to request a payout.
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- The trade can be as brief as 5 seconds as long as it satisfies the minimum activity requirement.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
PremierTradeify · Rules: Daily Loss Limit | Tradeify Help CenterDLL table reformatted with Growth column separated; Growth 150K DLL increased from $3,000 to $3,750; Lightning footnote removed.Aug 12
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
How the DLL Works
The Daily Loss Limit is a "soft breach" - it pauses trading for the day but does NOT fail your account:
- When your daily losses reach the DLL, trading is paused
- You can resume trading the NEXT market session (after 6:00 PM ET)
- Your account remains active as long as you haven't hit the Max Trailing Drawdown
DLL vs Max Trailing Drawdown
These are two separate risk limits that work differently:
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL): Resets each trading day. Hitting it pauses trading until next session. Soft breach - account stays active.
- Max Trailing Drawdown: Tracks your highest balance. Hitting it FAILS your account permanently. Hard breach.
Important: If your Max Trailing Drawdown is closer than your DLL, you could hit the drawdown first and fail your account before the DLL triggers.
Initial DLL Amounts
When you start a Growth, Lightning, or Select Daily Funded account, your DLL is:
Section: Initial DLL Amounts
− Account Size | Growth/Lightning DLL | Select Daily DLL
− 25K | $600* | $500
− 50K | $1,250 | $1,000
− 100K | $2,500 | $1,250
− 150K | $3,000 | $1,750
− *25K Lightning accounts do not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
After
How the DLL Works
The Daily Loss Limit is a "soft breach" - it pauses trading for the day but does NOT fail your account:
- When your daily losses reach the DLL, trading is paused
- You can resume trading the NEXT market session (after 6:00 PM ET)
- Your account remains active as long as you haven't hit the Max Trailing Drawdown
DLL vs Max Trailing Drawdown
These are two separate risk limits that work differently:
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL): Resets each trading day. Hitting it pauses trading until next session. Soft breach - account stays active.
- Max Trailing Drawdown: Tracks your highest balance. Hitting it FAILS your account permanently. Hard breach.
Important: If your Max Trailing Drawdown is closer than your DLL, you could hit the drawdown first and fail your account before the DLL triggers.
Initial DLL Amounts
When you start a Growth, Lightning, or Select Daily Funded account, your DLL is:
Section: Initial DLL Amounts
+ Account Size | Lightning DLL | Growth | Select Daily DLL
+ 25K | $600 | $600 | $500
+ 50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
+ 100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
+ 150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
How the DLL Works
The Daily Loss Limit is a "soft breach" - it pauses trading for the day but does NOT fail your account:
- When your daily losses reach the DLL, trading is paused
- You can resume trading the NEXT market session (after 6:00 PM ET)
- Your account remains active as long as you haven't hit the Max Trailing Drawdown
DLL vs Max Trailing Drawdown
These are two separate risk limits that work differently:
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL): Resets each trading day. Hitting it pauses trading until next session. Soft breach - account stays active.
- Max Trailing Drawdown: Tracks your highest balance. Hitting it FAILS your account permanently. Hard breach.
Important: If your Max Trailing Drawdown is closer than your DLL, you could hit the drawdown first and fail your account before the DLL triggers.
Initial DLL Amounts
When you start a Growth, Lightning, or Select Daily Funded account, your DLL is:
Section: Initial DLL Amounts
− Account Size | Growth/Lightning DLL | Select Daily DLL
− 25K | $600* | $500
− 50K | $1,250 | $1,000
− 100K | $2,500 | $1,250
− 150K | $3,000 | $1,750
− *25K Lightning accounts do not have Daily Loss Limit protection.
+ Account Size | Lightning DLL | Growth | Select Daily DLL
+ 25K | $600 | $600 | $500
+ 50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
+ 100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
+ 150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 50K reset fee changed from $95 to $109.Aug 7
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $95
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
After
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
+ Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $95
+ Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
PremierTradeify · How Do I Access Level 2 Data (L2) and EUREX Data Subscriptions? | Tradeify Help CenterAug 7
PremierTradeify · Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker | Tradeify Help CenterAug 6
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 50K reset fee changed from $109 to $95, and platform data fee descriptions were expanded with Level 2 and EUREX add-on details.Aug 6
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
All 5 accounts in a bundle must be the same account type and size. 100K and 150K sizes and Lightning Funded accounts are not currently eligible for bundle pricing.
How the Discount Works
- Auto-applied: The 5% bundle discount applies automatically when you select the Bundle and save option (5 accounts of the same type and size) at checkout. No code needed.
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
Section: Platform and Data Fees
− - Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee.
− - Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms.
− - Tradesea: No additional platform fee.
− - WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify).
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
After
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
+ Select 50K | $165 | $95
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
All 5 accounts in a bundle must be the same account type and size. 100K and 150K sizes and Lightning Funded accounts are not currently eligible for bundle pricing.
How the Discount Works
- Auto-applied: The 5% bundle discount applies automatically when you select the Bundle and save option (5 accounts of the same type and size) at checkout. No code needed.
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
Section: Platform and Data Fees
+ - Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
+ - Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
+ - Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
+ - WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $155
Growth 150K | $369 | $215
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $60
Section: Select Evaluation Pricing
− Select 50K | $165 | $109
+ Select 50K | $165 | $95
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
All 5 accounts in a bundle must be the same account type and size. 100K and 150K sizes and Lightning Funded accounts are not currently eligible for bundle pricing.
How the Discount Works
- Auto-applied: The 5% bundle discount applies automatically when you select the Bundle and save option (5 accounts of the same type and size) at checkout. No code needed.
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
Section: Platform and Data Fees
− - Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee.
− - Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms.
− - Tradesea: No additional platform fee.
− - WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify).
+ - Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
+ - Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
+ - Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
+ - WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
PremierTradeify · Data Feed Issues and Market Data Troubleshooting | Tradeify Help CenterBasic market depth feature renamed to top-of-book pricing; optional upgrades now restricted to Tradovate accounts only; availability clarified for other brokers.Aug 6
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
- Verify Tradovate connection status in NinjaTrader
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
Section: Included FREE with Tradeify
− ✅ Basic market depth - Standard bid/ask information
− Optional Upgrades (Purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
EUREX Data: European exchange access
Section: Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
− Important: These upgrades must be purchased directly from Tradovate. Tradeify does not provide or support premium data subscriptions.
About Our Market Data
Tradovate Data Feed
Section: Tradovate Data Feed
− - Included: Free Level 1 data for CME Group (CBOT, CME, COMEX, NYMEX) and EUREX
- Data Structure: Standard CME data
Advanced Troubleshooting
Multiple Platform Issues
If data problems affect all your platforms:
- Verify account status: Ensure your Tradeify account is active
- Check market hours: Confirm markets are actually open
- Test internet connection: Try different network if possible
- Contact support: May indicate account-level data issue
Intermittent Data Problems
If data works sometimes but not others:
- Market schedules: Some contracts have limited trading hours
- Weekend gaps: Markets close Friday evening to Sunday evening
After
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
- Verify Tradovate connection status in NinjaTrader
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
Section: Included FREE with Tradeify
+ ✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
+ Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
EUREX Data: European exchange access
Section: Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
+ Important: These upgrades are available on Tradovate accounts only and must be purchased directly from Tradovate. Tradeify does not provide or support premium data subscriptions.
+ Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts: Level 2 and EUREX data are not yet available and cannot be purchased — coming soon. These accounts include Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
About Our Market Data
Tradovate Data Feed
Section: Tradovate Data Feed
+ - Included: Free Level 1 data for CME Group (CBOT, CME, COMEX, NYMEX). EUREX is a paid add-on, not included.
- Data Structure: Standard CME data
Advanced Troubleshooting
Multiple Platform Issues
If data problems affect all your platforms:
- Verify account status: Ensure your Tradeify account is active
- Check market hours: Confirm markets are actually open
- Test internet connection: Try different network if possible
- Contact support: May indicate account-level data issue
Intermittent Data Problems
If data works sometimes but not others:
- Market schedules: Some contracts have limited trading hours
- Weekend gaps: Markets close Friday evening to Sunday evening
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
- Verify Tradovate connection status in NinjaTrader
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
Section: Included FREE with Tradeify
− ✅ Basic market depth - Standard bid/ask information
− Optional Upgrades (Purchase from Tradovate)
+ ✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
+ Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
EUREX Data: European exchange access
Section: Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
− Important: These upgrades must be purchased directly from Tradovate. Tradeify does not provide or support premium data subscriptions.
+ Important: These upgrades are available on Tradovate accounts only and must be purchased directly from Tradovate. Tradeify does not provide or support premium data subscriptions.
+ Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts: Level 2 and EUREX data are not yet available and cannot be purchased — coming soon. These accounts include Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
About Our Market Data
Tradovate Data Feed
Section: Tradovate Data Feed
− - Included: Free Level 1 data for CME Group (CBOT, CME, COMEX, NYMEX) and EUREX
+ - Included: Free Level 1 data for CME Group (CBOT, CME, COMEX, NYMEX). EUREX is a paid add-on, not included.
- Data Structure: Standard CME data
Advanced Troubleshooting
Multiple Platform Issues
If data problems affect all your platforms:
- Verify account status: Ensure your Tradeify account is active
- Check market hours: Confirm markets are actually open
- Test internet connection: Try different network if possible
- Contact support: May indicate account-level data issue
Intermittent Data Problems
If data works sometimes but not others:
- Market schedules: Some contracts have limited trading hours
- Weekend gaps: Markets close Friday evening to Sunday evening
PremierTradeify · Supported Platforms | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved NinjaTrader and TradingView platform descriptions; added market data availability details for each broker and three new FAQ entries.Aug 6
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify supports three broker connections: Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts. You select your broker at checkout. Each broker has its own credentials and gives you access to different trading platforms.
All brokers are the same price — there is no surcharge for any platform.
Tradovate-Based Platforms
If you select Tradovate as your broker, you receive Tradovate credentials that give you access to the following platforms:
- Tradovate — Cloud-based web and desktop platform. Log in at trader.tradovate.com. You must sign the Non-Professional Data Agreement on first login for free market data.
- NinjaTrader — Desktop platform that connects using your Tradovate credentials. You must first log in to Tradovate and sign the Non-Professional Data Agreement, or your market data will be delayed.
- TradingView — Web-based charting platform that connects via Tradovate. Follow this guide to link your Tradovate account.
Section: Tradovate-Based Platforms
Rithmic-Based Platforms
If you select Rithmic as your broker, you receive Rithmic credentials that give you access to the following platforms:
- Tradesea — Next-generation TradingView-based platform with AI features and smart lockout controls.
- Quantower — Advanced multi-asset trading and analytics platform.
- Sierra Chart — Professional-grade charting and trading platform (requires a paid Sierra Chart subscription). Follow the Sierra Chart Setup Guide to connect.
- R|Trader — Rithmic's native trading platform.
All Rithmic-based platforms use the same Rithmic credentials. You can use any of these platforms interchangeably without additional sign-ups.
Section: Rithmic-Based Platforms
WealthCharts
If you select WealthCharts as your broker, you receive WealthCharts credentials that can only be used with the WealthCharts platform. WealthCharts is operated by a third party and uses its own login — WealthCharts access is only included when you select WealthCharts at checkout, not with Tradovate or Rithmic accounts.
Section: WealthCharts
For setup instructions, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Section: Can I trade Single Stock Futures on any broker?
Which platform should I choose?
Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
After
Tradeify supports three broker connections: Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts. You select your broker at checkout. Each broker has its own credentials and gives you access to different trading platforms.
All brokers are the same price — there is no surcharge for any platform.
Tradovate-Based Platforms
If you select Tradovate as your broker, you receive Tradovate credentials that give you access to the following platforms:
- Tradovate — Cloud-based web and desktop platform. Log in at trader.tradovate.com. You must sign the Non-Professional Data Agreement on first login for free market data.
- NinjaTrader — Desktop platform that connects using your Tradovate credentials. You must first log in to Tradovate and sign the Non-Professional Data Agreement, or your market data will be delayed.
- TradingView — Web-based charting platform that connects via Tradovate. Follow this guide to link your Tradovate account.
Section: Tradovate-Based Platforms
+ Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data can be added as paid subscriptions purchased directly from Tradovate — see Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Rithmic-Based Platforms
If you select Rithmic as your broker, you receive Rithmic credentials that give you access to the following platforms:
- Tradesea — Next-generation TradingView-based platform with AI features and smart lockout controls.
- Quantower — Advanced multi-asset trading and analytics platform.
- Sierra Chart — Professional-grade charting and trading platform (requires a paid Sierra Chart subscription). Follow the Sierra Chart Setup Guide to connect.
- R|Trader — Rithmic's native trading platform.
All Rithmic-based platforms use the same Rithmic credentials. You can use any of these platforms interchangeably without additional sign-ups.
Section: Rithmic-Based Platforms
+ Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data are not yet available on Rithmic accounts and cannot be purchased — coming soon.
WealthCharts
If you select WealthCharts as your broker, you receive WealthCharts credentials that can only be used with the WealthCharts platform. WealthCharts is operated by a third party and uses its own login — WealthCharts access is only included when you select WealthCharts at checkout, not with Tradovate or Rithmic accounts.
Section: WealthCharts
+ Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data are not yet available on WealthCharts accounts and cannot be purchased — coming soon.
For setup instructions, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Section: Can I trade Single Stock Futures on any broker?
+ Can I trade Single Stock Futures on any broker?
+ No. Single Stock Futures are carried by Tradovate only — they are not available on Rithmic or WealthCharts. TradingView and NinjaTrader connect through Tradovate, so they reach SSF too. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
+ Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
+ No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
Tradeify supports three broker connections: Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts. You select your broker at checkout. Each broker has its own credentials and gives you access to different trading platforms.
All brokers are the same price — there is no surcharge for any platform.
Tradovate-Based Platforms
If you select Tradovate as your broker, you receive Tradovate credentials that give you access to the following platforms:
- Tradovate — Cloud-based web and desktop platform. Log in at trader.tradovate.com. You must sign the Non-Professional Data Agreement on first login for free market data.
- NinjaTrader — Desktop platform that connects using your Tradovate credentials. You must first log in to Tradovate and sign the Non-Professional Data Agreement, or your market data will be delayed.
- TradingView — Web-based charting platform that connects via Tradovate. Follow this guide to link your Tradovate account.
Section: Tradovate-Based Platforms
+ Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data can be added as paid subscriptions purchased directly from Tradovate — see Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Rithmic-Based Platforms
If you select Rithmic as your broker, you receive Rithmic credentials that give you access to the following platforms:
- Tradesea — Next-generation TradingView-based platform with AI features and smart lockout controls.
- Quantower — Advanced multi-asset trading and analytics platform.
- Sierra Chart — Professional-grade charting and trading platform (requires a paid Sierra Chart subscription). Follow the Sierra Chart Setup Guide to connect.
- R|Trader — Rithmic's native trading platform.
All Rithmic-based platforms use the same Rithmic credentials. You can use any of these platforms interchangeably without additional sign-ups.
Section: Rithmic-Based Platforms
+ Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data are not yet available on Rithmic accounts and cannot be purchased — coming soon.
WealthCharts
If you select WealthCharts as your broker, you receive WealthCharts credentials that can only be used with the WealthCharts platform. WealthCharts is operated by a third party and uses its own login — WealthCharts access is only included when you select WealthCharts at checkout, not with Tradovate or Rithmic accounts.
Section: WealthCharts
+ Market data: Level 1 CME data is included. Level 2 depth data and EUREX data are not yet available on WealthCharts accounts and cannot be purchased — coming soon.
For setup instructions, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Section: Can I trade Single Stock Futures on any broker?
+ Can I trade Single Stock Futures on any broker?
+ No. Single Stock Futures are carried by Tradovate only — they are not available on Rithmic or WealthCharts. TradingView and NinjaTrader connect through Tradovate, so they reach SSF too. See Single Stock Futures (SSF).
+ Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
+ No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
Firms on this radar
Apex Trader FundingPremierBluSkyPremierBulenoxPremier
DayTraders.comPremier
E8 MarketsPremier
FTMO FuturesPremier
FundedNext FuturesPremier
IQ CapitalPremierLucid TradingPremier
MyFundedFuturesPremier
PhidiasPremier
Take Profit TraderPremier
The Legends TradingPremier
TopstepPremier
TradeDayPremierTradeifyPremierAAlpha FuturesUnlistedAAqua FuturesUnlistedBBlue Guardian FuturesUnlistedEEarn2TradeUnlistedFFunded Futures FamilyUnlistedFFunded Futures NetworkUnlistedFFutures EliteUnlistedGGoat Funded FuturesUnlistedHHolaPrimeUnlistedOOneUp TraderUnlistedTThe Trading PitUnlistedTTop One FuturesUnlistedTTraders LaunchUnlisted